PB84-198449
 Geophysical  Techniques  for
 Sensing  Buried Wastes and Waste Migration
Lockheed  Engineering  and Management
Services  Co.,  Inc., Las  Vegas,  NV
Prepared for

Environmental Monitoring Systems Lab,
Las Vegas, NV
Jun 84
                   U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                National Technical Information Service
                                NTIS

-------
                                              PB84-198449

                                        EPA-600/7-84-064
                                        June 1984
 GEOPHYSICAL  TECHNIQUES FOR  SENSING BURIED
         WASTES AND WASTE  MIGRATION

                     by

              Richard C. Benson,
     Robert A.  Glaccum, Michael  R.  Noel
                TECHNOS, Inc.
            3333 N.W. 21st.  Street
               Miami, FL 33142
   Subcontractors to Lockheed Engineering
   and Management Services Company,  Inc.
                P.O.  Box 15207
           Las  Vegas,  Nevada  89114
           Contract No.  68-03-3050
               Project Officer
                J.  Jeffrey van  Ee
    Advanced  Monitoring Systems  Division
   U. S.  Environmental Protection Agency
          Las  Vegas,  Nevada  89114
ENVIRONMENTAL  MONITORING  SYSTEMS  LABORATORY
     OFFICE  OF RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT
    U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          LAS  VEGAS,  NEVADA  89114


               REPPRODUCED BY
               NATIONAL TECHNICAL
               INFORMATION   SERVICE
                 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                   SPRINGFIELD, VA. 22161

-------
                                     TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                             (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
[."REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/7-84-064
              3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
                 PBS  4  198449
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 Geophysical  Techniques for  Sensing Buried  Wastes
 and Waste Migration
              5. REPORT DATE
                June 1984
              6. PERFORMING  ORGANIZATION CODE
'. AUTHOR(S)
  Richard  C.  Benson,  Robert A.  Glaccum,  &
  Michael  R.  Noel
                                                              8.  PERFORMING ORGANIZATION  REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  TECHNOS,  Inc.
  3333 N.W.  21st. Street
  Miami,   FL  33142
              10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

                D109/Y105	
              11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
                                                                Contract  68-03-3050
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
  Environmental  Monitoring Systems  Laboratory-Las Vegas
  P.O.  Box 15027
  Las  Vegas.  NV 89114	
              13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                Project Report/Project Summary
              14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                 EPA/600/07
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
16. ABSTRACT
    Descriptions of  the use of six geophysical  techniques are  presented to  provide
    a broad  understanding of the  application  of these  techniques  for sensing  buried
    wastes and waste migration.   Technical  language and  jargon  are avoided  as much
    as possible so that those  with limited  technical background can  acquire a general
    understanding of current techniques and sufficient background  to define  project
    requirements, select professional  support,  and monitor and  direct field programs.
 17.
                                 KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                   DESCRIPTORS
                                                 b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  c. COSATI  Field/Group
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
    RELEASE  TO THE PUBLIC
                                                 19.SECURITY  CLASS (This Report)
                                                  UNCLASSIFIED
                             21. NO. OF PAGES
                                  255
20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)

  UNCLASSIFIED	
                                                                             22. PRICE
EPA  Form 2220-1 (Rev. 4-77)   PREVIOUS  EDITION  IS OBSOLETE .

-------
ATTFNTION

AS NOTED  IN THE NT IS ANNOUNCEMENT,  PORTIONS
OF THIS  REPORT  ARE NOT LEGIBLE, HOWEVER,  IT
 IS THE BEST  REPRODUCTION AVAILABLE  FROM  THE
COPY SENT TO NTIS.
                  ia

-------
                               NOTICE
     The information  in  this  document has been funded wholly or
in part by  the  United States  Environmental Protection Agency
under contract  number 68-03-3050  to Lockheed Engineering and
Management Services Company,  Inc.,  it has been subjected to the
Agency's peer and administrative  review,  and it has been approved
for publication.  The contents  reflect the views and policies of
the Agency.   Mention  of  trade names or commercial products does
not constitute  endorsement  or recommendation  for use.
                                   11

-------
                              ABSTRACT


     Descriptions of  the  use  of six geophysical techniques are
presented to provide  a  broad  understanding of their application
to sensing buried wastes  and  waste  migration.   Technical language
is avoided as  much  as possible so that those with limited technical
background can acquire  a  general  understanding of current tech-
niques sufficient to  define project requirements,  select profes-
sional support, and monitor and direct field progrms.

     Emphasis  on cost-effective investigations at hazardous waste
sites requires an integrated,  phased approach:    (1) preliminary
site assessment involving the use of aerial photography, on-site
inspections,  and readily  available  information to approximate
site boundaries and locations of  waste concentrations,  as well as
probable site geology;  (2) geophysical surveys to pinpoint buried
wastes,  estimate quantities,  and  delineate plumes of conductive
contaminants in groundwater;  and  (3) confirmation of groundwater
contamination  through monitoring  well networks designed on the
basis of plumes and subsurface stratigraphy defined by the
geophysical  surveys.

     The six  geophysical   techniques  described  include metal  detec-
tion,  magnetometry,  ground  penetrating  radar,   electromagnetics,
resistivity,  and seismic  refraction.   Metal detectors  and magneto-
meters are useful in  locating buried wastes.   Ground   penetrating
radar can define the  boundaries of  buried tranches and other
subsurface  disturbances.   Electromagnetic and resistivity methods
can help define plumes  of contaminants in groundwater.   Resistivity
and seismic techniques  are useful in determining geological
stratigraphy.

     Simple metal detectors respond to changes in electrical
conductivity caused by  the presence of metallic objects, both
ferrous and nonferrous.   Magnetometers detect  perturbations in the
earth's geomagnetic field caused  by buried ferromagnetic objects
such as drums, tools,  or  scrap  metal.   They sense ferrous objects
at greater depths than  metal  detectors and can locate  objects
even in the presence  of interferences created,  for instance,
by fences.

     A ground-penetrating radar system radiates short-duration
electromagnetic pulses  into the ground from an antenna near the
                                  111

-------
surface.   These pulses  are  reflected from interfaces in the earth
(such as trench boundaries)  and picked up by the receiver section
of the antenna.   Electromagnetic conductance measuring devices
yield a signal proportional  to  the conductivity of the earth
between the transmitter and  receiver coils.   Many contaminants
will produce an increase  or  decrease over the background con-
ductivity and  thus can be detected and mapped.   The resistivity
method measures the  electrical  resistivity of the geohydrologic
section which  includes the soil,  rock,  and groundwater and provides
a tool to evaluate contaminant  plumes and locate buried wastes.
Seismic refraction techniques can determine the thickness and
depth of geologic layers  and the travel time or velocity of
seismic waves within the layers,  thus revealing variations in
site conditions.

     This document was  submitted by Technos, Inc.,  in fulfillment
of Contract No. 68-03-3050  to Lockheed Engineering and Management
Services  Company,  Inc., under the sponsorship of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.   This report covers a period
from August  1,  1981, to December 31,  1982,  and work was completed
as of December 31, 1982.
                                   IV

-------
                              CONTENTS




                                                                 Page






Abstract   	   iii




Figures	    vi



Tables	xiv




Acknowledgement  	    xv



               I   Introduction  	     1




              II   The Field Investigation   	     6



             III   Evaluation of  Subsurfac  Conditions      •   •      18




              IV  Ground Penetrating  Radar  (GPR)    	      38



               v  Electromagnetic  (EM)	      63




              VI   Resistivity	      91



             VII   Seismic Refraction  	     117



            VIII   Metal Detection (MD)	     142




              IX  Magnetometer	     163




               x  Applications  	     189



              XI   Closing Comments 	     224








Bibliography	     233
                                    v

-------
                                FIGURES

Number                                                                  Page


   1.    Level of understanding versus  level of effort  of
        hazardous waste site  investigation 	      3

   2.    Factors affecting  the subsurface  investigation plan 	      7

   3.    Regional,  local  and detail aspects of a hazardous
        waste  site may  all  play a  role in site investigation.  ...     10

   4.    Buried stream channel may direct hazardous  waste flow.  .   .     11

   5.    Fractured rock can direct hazardous waste  flow	     11

   6.    Cross section  of dissolved limestone karst  area show-
        ing potential  for rapid transport  of ground water
        contamination to nearby stream   	     13

   7.    Distribution of  karst areas  in  the U.S.   (Ref.  Davies
        USGS)	     13

   8.    Uniform "layer cake"  soils 	     19

   9.    A complex soil  horizon	     20

  10.    Solution-eroded limestone  	     21

  11.    For monitoring wells are  the minimum required  by RCRA...     23

  12.    Sample from drilling and monitor wells is  only
        representative of  the immediate  area	     23

  13.    Ratio of overall site area to  target area  is often
        large	     24

  14.    Probability of detecting a target  using a rectangular
        grid and randomly  located borings  	     25

  15.    Simplified comparison of  the volume sampled by
        geophysical and  drilling methods  	     30
                                   VI

-------
                         FIGURES  (Continued)

Number                                                                 Page

 16.   Simplified example of the  volume sampled by continuous
       geophysical measurement	     30

 17.   Continuous measurement will  provide greater resolution
       than limited station measurements  	     31

 18.   Three-dimensional  perspective  view of  geophysical
       electrical conductivity data from parallel  transects
       across a hazardous waste site	     32

 19.   Isopleth map  of geophysical  electrical conductivity
       data  shown in Figure  18	     33

 20.   Three modes of  using remote  sensing (geophysical)
       methods	     33

 21.   Block diagram of ground penetrating radar system.
       Radar waves are reflected from  soil/rock interface  	     41

 22.   Photograph of radar system equipment showing four
       antenna sizes to right	     42

 23.   Radar  record showing irregular clay horizon 	     44

 24.   Example of single radar waveform and resulting
       graphic  record  	     47

 25.   Vehicle-towed  radar antenna	     48

 26.   Hand-towed  radar antenna in limited-access area	     50

 27.   Radar profile over buried pipe	     52

 28.   Real-time processing eliminates  steady-state  noise  	     55

 29.   Interpretation  of radar data results in  geologic
       cross section	     57

 30.   Location and boundaries of trenches may  be  obtained
       from parellel  radar traverses 	     59

 31.   Soil  profile showing two soil  horizons and  the edge of
       a Paleo sink-hole	     60

 32.   Radar profile of granite outcrop showing fracture
       zones	     61

 33.   Example  of radar traverse over trench 	     62

                                 vii

-------
                         FIGURES  (Continued)

Number                                                                  Pag<

 34.   Block diagram showing EM principle of operations 	    66

 35.   Small hand-held EM system used in soil survey	    67

 36.   Shallow EM system used in continuous record mode	    68

 37.   Deep EM system used for  station  measurements	    69

 38.   Truck-mounted  EM system  provides continuous
       conductivity data to 15 meters depth	    70

 39.   Range of  electrical conductivities  in natural  soil and
       rock	    72

 40.   Continuous  EM  measurement  (A) provides greater
       resolution  than limited station measurements (B)  	    74

 41.   Continuous  EM  measurement  provides  greater
       resolution  than limited station measurements	    75

 42.   EM soundings  are obtained  by discrete station
       measurements   	    76

 43.   Eleven parallel, continuously recorded EM profiles  	    81

 44.   Three-dimensional  perspective computer plot of EM
       data shown in Figure 43	    82

 45.   Computer-generated isopleth  plot of  EM data shown in
       Figures  43  and 44	    83

 46.   Sounding  data  yields  vertical electric section which
       can be related to  geohydrologic section	    85

 47.   Continuous  EM  data  (bottom)  is calibrated by three
       borings  (top)   	    87

 48.   EM method was  used to map  widespread contamination of
       ground water  caused by free flowing brackish well  	    89

 49.   Computer  plot  of EM conductivity data,  obtained over
       a buried waste site	    90

                                 viii

-------
                         FIGURES  (Continued)

Number
                                                                      Page
 50.    Range of resistivities in  commonly-occurring  soils and
       rocks	    93

 51.    Typical  field  setup for resistivity sounding  (clay
       cap at Love Canal)	    95

 52.    Diagram showing  basic concept  of resistivity
       measurement	    96

 53.    Three  common electrode arrangements  	    97

 54.    Increased electrode spacing  samples greater depth and
       volume of earth	    98

 55.    Profile  measurements are accomplished by fixing the
       electrode spacing and moving the entire array	    99
 56.   Resistivity profile  across  glacial clays and gravels 	   101

 57.   Isopleth resistivity map of profiling data	   102

 58.   Resistivity sounding curve  showing two-layer  system  	   103

 59.   Flow diagram showing steps  in processing and interpre-
      pretation of resistivity data   	   106

 60.   Two-layer master curves used to  interpret Wenner
      sounding data	   108

 61.   Geoelectric cross  section derived from seven resistivity
      soundings	   110

 62.   A  three-dimensional  or fence diagram may be  constructed
      from multiple  resistivity soundings   	   110

 63.   Field  sounding curve over a  four-layer geologic  section.  .   113

 64.   Correlation of resistivity sounding  results  to  a
      driller's  log	   114

 65.   Cross  section of leachate plume based upon specific
      conductance from 1974  well  data	   115

                                  ix

-------
                         FIGURES  (Continued)

Number                                                                Page

 66.    Isopleths of  resistivity profiling data showing extent
       of landfill plume	   116

 67.    Field layout  of  a 12-channel  seismograph  showing the
       path of direct and refracted  seismic waves  in a two-
       layer  soil/rock system   	   120

 68.    A  portable  six-channel seismic  refraction system
       in use	   123

 69.    A  typical  seismic waveform from a single  geophone 	   124

 70.    Recording  from a 12-channel seismograph 	   125

 71.    Time/distance plot  for a  simple two-layer structure  	   126

 72.    Use  of forward and reverse  seismic lines  is necessary
       to determine  true velocities  and depths with dipping
       horizon   	   128

 73.    Time/distance plot shows scatter caused by non-uniform
       soil  conditions	   131

 74.    Geologic section interpreted from seismic data 	   133

 75.    Flow diagram  showing steps  in processing  and inter-
       pretation of seismic refraction data	   134

 76.    Time/distance plot  showing lateral  velocity change	   135

 77.    Time/distance plot of   field  data showing  three layer
       geologic system  	   138

 78.    Interpreted seismic data  (Figure 77) compared to
       driller's log	   139

 79.    Time/distance plot of   field  data showing  forward and
       reverse seismic  refraction  data 	   140

 80.    Geologic section  resulting  from interpretation of seismic
       data  (Figure 79)	   141

-------
                         FIGURES  (Continued)


Number                                                                Page

 81.   Industrial pipe/cable locator  	   144

 82.   Typical treasure  hunter type  metal detector  with large
       search  coil	   142

 83.   Specialized metal detector system in use 	   146

 84.   Specialized metal detector  system with  large search
       Coil	   147

 85.   Truck-mounted metal  detector  system provides rapid site
       coverage overlarge areas 	   148

 86.   Simplified block  diagram of a pipe/cable  type metal
       detector system  	   149

 87.   Approximate detection ranges for common targets  	   152

 88.   Continuously-recorded  metal detector data over a trench
       with buried drums   	   160

 89.   Three-dimensional  perspective  view of metal  detector
       data from parallel  survey lines  over  a  single trench 	   160

 90.   Plan view map of  burial tenth boundries  based upon metal
       detector data in Figure 89	   161

 91.   Perspective view  of  metal detector data  from parallel
       survey  lines shows  a complex burial site	   162

 92.   Distortions in the earth's magnetic field due to
       concentrations in natural soil iron oxides  (left)  and
       buried  iron debries (right)	   165

 93.   Station measurements  of a magnetic anomaly caused by a
       buried steel  drum	   166

 94.   High sensitivity  (0.1  gamma)  total field  proton
       magnetometer being used for station measurements	   168
                                  XI

-------
                         FIGURES  (Continued)

Number                                                                Page

 95.    Fluxgate gradiometer  ......................    169

 96.    Fluxgate gradiometer  .......................    170

 97.    Fluxgate gradiometer  .......................    171

 98.    Simplified block diagram of  a magnetometer ................    172

 99.    Comparison of total field and gradient measurements .......    174

100.    Total field magnetometer  response  (in  gammas)  for
       different  target  distance  and  mass  ................
101.   Magnetometer  response will  vary considerably depending
      upon traverse location and  direction with respect  to
      the  target ...........................    179

102.   Diagram of magnetic anomaly over burial trench ..........    182

103.   A  single magnetic profile line showing  a  wide range
      of magnetic anomalies  ...................    184

104.   Simple contour map of magnetic anomalies  shows relative
      concentration of buried drums  .................    185

105.   Three-dimensional perspective  view of magnetic profiles
      over a trench  containing  buried drums .............    186

106.   Radar record over three buried 55-gallon steel drums ......    199

107.   Technical resources and tools  which may be applied
      to subsurface investigations at hazardous
      waste  sites  ......................   201

108.   Data from a  single seismic  refraction line and
      resistivity sounding  ......................    208

109.   Comparison of data obtained by auger,  seismic refraction
      and  resistivity methods .................    209
                                  XII

-------
                         FIGURES  (Continued)

Number                                                              Page

110.   Three-dimensional perspective  view of EM data  showing
       spatial extent and magnitude  of  conductivity anomaly	   211

111.   Contour plot of EM  conductivity anomaly in  figure  110
       showing extent  of buried contaminants	   212

112.   Metal  detector and  magnetometer data over a  single
       trench containing buried drums  	   215

113.   Radar  traverse across  same  burial trench as  in figure
       111	   217

114.   Mapping of leachate plume using resistivity  methods
       shows  changes in plume over four-year  period  	   219

115.   Isopleth map of EM  conductivity data at a hazardous
       waste  site shows  a  plume  (shaded area) leaving the
       site and considerable  variation in surrounding site
       conditions	   221

116.   Three-dimensional perspective  view of EM data
       shown  in Figure 115	   222

117.   Technical resources and tools  which may be  applied to
       subsurface investigations at hazardous waste sites	   225

118.   Cost comparison curve  for hazardous waste site investi-
       gation using monitor wells  alone versus an  integrated
       systems approach  	   231
                                 Xlll

-------
                                TABLES
Number                                                               Page


  1.  Applications of Geophysical  Methods to Hazardous
      Waste Sites	    5
      Approximate Conductivities,  Dielectric Constants,  and
      Travel Time  for Various Earth Materials.
3.
4
R
6.
7.
Range of Velocities for Compressional Waves in Soil
& Rock 	
Summary of Magnetometer Characteristics 	
Characteristics of the Six Geophysical Methods 	
Typical Applications of the Six Geophysical Methods 	
Susceptibility of Geophysical Methods to "NOISE" 	
119
176
190
191
192
      Comparison of Resistivity  and Electromagnetic
      Methods	   194

      Comparison of Metal Detector and  Magnetometer Methods ....   197
                                 xiv

-------
                          ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
     This document was  prepared by Technos,  Inc., under Contract
No. 62-03-3050 to Lockheed  Engineering and Management Services
Company, Inc., from the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
Environmental Monitoring Systems  Laboratory,  Las Vegas,  Nevada.

     The document was written by Richard Benson, Robert Glaccum
and Michael Noel of Technos,  Inc.

     A group of independent reviewers,  experts in the field of
remote-sensing geophysics,  provided  valuable  input  and guidance.
The authors wish to express their thanks for the contributions
from these reviewers:

     Sheldon Breiner        GeoMetrics
     Frank Frischknecht     U.S.G.S.-Denver
     J.D. McNeill           Geonics
     Gary Olhoeft           U.S.G.S.  Denver
     Phil Romig             Colorado  School of Mines
     Gerald Sandness        Battelle  Laboratories
     A.A. Zohdy             U.S.G.S.-Denver

     Also acknowledged  are  the coordination efforts of
Dr.  Eric Walther, Lockheed  Engineering and Management Services
Company, Inc., project manager.

     The assistance and cooperation  extended by numerous other
individuals who were contacted on matters  related to this
document is gratefully  acknowledged.

     All illustrations  and  tables  were provided through the
courtesy of Technos,  Inc. except  for Figures  7,  24,  28,  56,  60,
61 and 94,  for which credit is given in the  figure  caption.
                                 xv

-------
                              SECTION I


                             INTRODUCTION
Background

     Traditional  approaches  to subsurface field investigations
at hazardous waste  sites  (HWS)  often have been inadequate.   This
is evidenced by the increased number of papers, conference topics,
and research projects  devoted to the problem, and by the  tighten-
ing of  ground  water regulations.   Traditionally,  site  investiga-
tion for  contaminants  has  relied upon (1) drilling to obtain
information on  the  natural setting,   (2) monitor wells for gather-
ing water samples,  and (3)  laboratory analysis of soil and water
samples.  This  approach has  evolved over many years, and  is
often regarded  as the  standard analytical approach.   However,
there are numerous  pitfalls  associated with this direct sampling
approach,  which can result in an incomplete or even erroneous
understanding of  site  conditions.

     In the designing  of  monitor well networks, the placement of
wells has been  done mainly by educated guesswork.    The accuracy
and effectiveness of such  an approach is heavily dependent upon
the assumption  that subsurface conditions are uniform,  and that
regional  trends  hold true  for the local  setting.   However, these
assumptions are  frequently invalid,  resulting in non-representa-
tive locations  for  monitor well  placement.    If an attempt is made
to improve accuracy by installing additional wells,  the project
may be  thrown  off  schedule  and costs will increase.  Such delays
are often unacceptable in rapid  assessments  required  at  HWS. At
certain sites,   there are  also increased safety risks associated
with drilling into  unknown buried materials.

     The  accuracy of results can be affected hy other errors
such as contamination  introduced during drilling operations,  well
construction,  and sampling or preservation procedures.   These
errors  have been neglected for a number of years,  but recently
have been recognized as creating a major problem.    Since  the
number  of spatial samples  is typically limited,  at many sites no
more than five  monitor wells or  clusters are drilled.   If data
from just one of the five  wells  or clusters contains a signifi-
cant error,  20%  of  the total raw data is in error.

     Some measurements are difficult or impossible to obtain hy
conventional  methods.   For example,  since the detection of

-------
 contaminant movement  through the unsaturated zone, and the
 determination of  detailed local  flow patterns and directions  are
 both difficult,   solutions are often derived by conjecture.   The
 investigator's  inability  to make some of the desired measure-
 ments,  and the  enhanced possibility of error, as well as  the
 potential for increased risk,  lost time and high direct costs,
 often result in low levels of confidence in traditional methods
 of field investigations.

      Figure 1 shows a hypothetical curve representing the level
 of information  developed  for a HWS investigation versus the
 effort  involved.   Many investigations result in an unexpectedly
 low level of accuracy.  However,  this need not always be  the
 case.   There are  two  ways for investigators to obtain results
 with optimal levels of accuracy:  they can add more money,  time,
 sample  stations,  etc.,  or they can adopt an integrated systems
 approach.   The  latter is  safer and more cost-effective and this
 document describes  the techniques  used in such an approach.

      During the past  decade, extensive development in remote-
sensing geophysical  equipment, portable  field instrumentation,
field  methods,   analytical techniques  and related computer
processing has resulted in a  striking  improvement  in our
capability to assess hazardous waste  sites.   Further, many of
these improved methods allow measurement  of  parameters  in the
field and  rapid  site  characterization,  sometimes with continuous
data acquisition at  traverse speeds up to  several  miles  per hour.

      Some of these  geophysical methods offer a direct means of
 detecting contaminant plumes and flow directions in both  the
 saturated and unsaturated zones.   Others offer a way to obtain
 detailed information  about  subsurface  soil and rock conditions.
 This capability to  rapidly characterize subsurface conditions
 without disturbing  the  site (much like nondestructive testing
 used in many production facilities and test laboratories)  offers
 the benefits of lower cost and less risk, and provides better
 overall understanding of  complex site  conditions.

      Once a spatial characterization  of the site is made by
 these methods,   an optimal direct sampling plan may be designed
 to:
     o Minimize  the number of drilling  sites;
     o Locate drilling and monitor  wells  at representative  sites;
     o Reduce risk associated with  drilling into unknowns;
     o Reduce overall project time  and  costs;
     o Provide improved accuracy  and confidence  levels.

     In brief,  geophysical methods  provide a means  of rapid
 reconnaissance  to characterize the site;  drilling  and monitor
 wells are then  used to  provide specific quantitative data
 from discrete stations, which have been located so as to be

-------
representative  of  site conditions.   The drilling and monitor
wells are  no longer used  for  expensive hit-or-miss  reconnaissance
sampling.   In sum, the systems  approach using geophysical  methods
utilizes cost-effective means for  improving our understanding  of
site conditions (Figure 1).

     Geophysics has already been  successfully applied to many
HWS investigations.   Notable examples  include Love  Canal in New
York, Valley of the Drums in Kentucky,  and the 58th Street
Landfill in  Florida.   At these  sites,  and numerous  others
throughout  the  country, geophysics has  been used to define
plumes,   locate  buried drums,  detect  boundaries of burial
trenches,  and determine geological settings.   The synergistic
features of  an  integrated systems  approach combining traditional
and contemporary geophysical methods have resulted  in enhanced
quality, safety,  and cost-effectiveness  in investigations  at
numerous HWS.
   100%
   01 O
   Q Z
   2 O
   D O
   LL. UJ
   O K
   _J V)
   LU

   UJ
                             NEAR TOTAL LEVEL
                             OF UNDERSTANDING
                           OPTIMUM LEVEL OF UNDERSTANDING
                                FOR LEVEL OF EFFORT
  INITIAL RECONNiASSANCE


 ON SITE OBSERVATION

LITERATURE SEARCH
                     LEVEL OF EFFORT
Figure 1.   Level  of understanding versus  level  of effort for
            hazardous  waste site investigation.

-------
Obi active of this Document

     This document  is  primarily intended for management and
administrative personnel  responsible for investigation and
assessment of hazardous waste  sites.   Although it is not
intended as a "how  to" book,  it does provide a basic understand-
ing of  the technology  and some field  procedures   For those who
may be  involved  in  making recommendations or assisting with such
field activities.   It  has  been  assumed that the reader's
technical background in the fields discussed in this document
may be  limited.   Accordingly,  use  of detailed theory and  formulas
has been minimized.   Technical language has been avoided  as much
as possible.   In some  cases,  the more  technically-qualified reader
may recognize some  imprecision;  the authors recognize this
possibility but  have opted  to  favor the general reader in an
effort  to achieve better  communication.   The document should
provide the reader  with a general  understanding of current tech-
niques, together with  sufficient  background to allow him  to proceed
to define project   requirements,  select professional support,  and
monitor and direct  field  programs.

     The scope of this document has been limited to the
description and  use of six  geophysical  techniques.   They  are:
    o   Ground Penetrating Radar
    o   Electromagnetic
    o   Resistivity
    o   Seismic Refraction
    o   Metal Detection
    o   Magnetometry

     These six techniques were selected because they are
regularly used and  have been proven effective for hazardous
waste site assessments.   Within each of the six techniques,
discussion has been further limited to equipment and methodology
meeting the same criteria.   The application of geophysics to
hazardous waste  site assessments is a relatively new field (less
than 5  years old).   There are  only a few qualified practitioners,
and a limited number of proven methods, equipment, etc.,  regularly
in use.   With some  types  of geophysical equipment,  there may be
only one manufacturer  supplying the entire  field.   The methods
discussed offer  a capability for in-situ measurements,  and often
complement each  other  technically.   Table 1 shows some possible
applications of  each of these  methods to HWS assessments.

     The primary tasks to which these methods can be applied
include:

    o   Mapping of natural geohydrologic features;

    o   Mapping of conductive  leachates and contaminant plumes
        (landfill leachates,  acids,  bases);

-------
    o  Location  and boundary definition of buried trenches;

    o  Location  and definition of buried metallic objects  (drums,
       pipes,  tanks).
Organization

     The document  is  organized as follows:    Section  II  focuses
on factors that  influence  the planning and execution of  a  HWS
assessment.    Section  III contains an overview of some of the
limitations of traditional  approaches,  together with an  intro-
duction to concepts of applying geophysical  techniques  for HWS
evaluations.    Sections IV through IX discuss use of six  remote-
sensing geophysical techniques in particular, and Sections  X and
XI summarize  capabilities  and limitations of the six methods,
concluding with  a  presentation of case studies.

         TABLE 1.  APPLICATIONS  OF  GEOPHYSICAL METHODS  TO
                       HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
                                  _o*
    APPLICATION
                                ,^
Mapping of Geohydrologlc
features
Mapping of Conductive
Leachates and Contaminant
Plumes (ex. Landfills. Adda,
Basel)
Locations and Boundary
definition of Burled
Trenches with Metal
Location and Boundary
Definition of Burled
Trenches without Metal
Location and Definition
o! Burled Metallic Objects
(ex. Drums, Ordinance)
1


2



1


1


2

I


1



1


1


2

]


1



2


2


..

I


_



2


2


_




_



2


.


1




_



2


_


1

1.   Primary method  -  Indicates the most effective method
2.   Secondary Method  -  Indicates an alternate approach

-------
                             SECTION  II

                      THE  FIELD INVESTIGATION
Background

     A proper evaluation  of  a hazardous waste site must include
consideration of a  large  number  of variables,  many of them
unknown and potentially interacting  in  a complex manner.  A  site
investigation program must define  conditions to the necessary
level of  accuracy,   and meet  project  schedule and cost
constraints.

     This  section presents some  of the  variables that the project
manager may encounter and address  in his project plan.   It is
important  to appreciate the  magnitude and scope of various factors
in planning,  field  investigation and final  analysis.   Because the
field investigation may not  provide  all of  the answers in a par-
ticular site assessment,   it  is necessary to have a good under-
standing of the variables in order to evaluate available data,
identify missing information and evaluate its relative  significance
to the project.


Objectives

     Figure 2 shows some  of  the  many factors which may  influence
the planning and execution of a  HWS  assessment.   The three
primary objectives usually involved  in  subsurface investigations
at HWS are shown in the center of  the figure and include:
     o Location of buried waste  materials,   including the
       resolution of quantity and  type;
     o Determination of the  presence of plumes and the direction,
       rate of movement,  and distribution of contaminants;
     o Characterization of the natural  geohydrologic conditions,
       and manmade  factors which will influence these conditions.

     Location of Buried Materials-- includes establishing  the
boundaries of trenches,  as well  as their depth and volume.   The
investigator will wish to assess the contents of a trench or
burial  site.   For example, he may  ask these questions:   Were the
materials bulk-dumped or  containerized?  Are there drums  present?
Where are  the drums located  within the  site, and how many are
there?   Knowledge of the  precise boundaries of burial sites is

-------
                                  SITE CONDITIONS
                                  Geologic, HyoVologlc,
                                  Biologic Anomalies
                                                               CULTURAL
                                                               FEATURES
               COST
           CONSTRAINTS
                                                            Culverts, Burled
                                                            Utilities, Fences
                                                                        HAZARDOUS
                                                                          WASTES
   SOCIAL
 Public Opinion      \
Politico! Pressure    /
 Press, Hostility   /
                                                                         Type, Form
                                                                      Disposal Mechanism
                               HAZARDOUS  WASTE
                               SITE  ASSESSMENT
                                   Wosle Location
                                   Plume Definition
                               Subsurface Characterization
   LEGAL
REQUIREMENTS
                                                                      INTERACTION  OF
                                                                      WASTES WITHIN
                                                                     NATIONAL  SETTING
    Access
 Proprietary Data
  Legal Action
            LOGISTICS
            Site Location
          Weather, Facilities
                                                            SITE POSITIONING
                                                             AND SURVEYING
Figure 2.    Factors affecting  the subsurface  investigation  plan.

-------
 important  for  safety considerations,  as well as  for  quantifying  the
 contents for remedial  action  planning.  For example,  placement of
 a monitor  well in a trench may puncture containers within  the
 burial  site  resulting in explosion,  fire,  or release of  toxic
 fumes.  An existing seal between the trench contents and the
 surrounding  soils  or rock may also be breached.    Drilling  in
 areas with soluble rocks such as limestone,  could lead to  rapid
movement of  the  contaminants  into underlying aquifers.

      Determination of the Presence of Contaminant Plumes--and
 their flow direction and movement rate is commonly required.
Often the  first  question is whether  leakage  from the HWS  is
occurring.    If the existence  of a plume is confirmed, it will be
 necessary  to establish its direction and extent.   But if there
 are only a few monitor wells,  the data they provide  may  not be
 truly representative of site  conditions,  and thus may lead to
 incorrect  conclusions.   A typical example:    If the  local ground
water flow does  not coincide  with the regional flow, the monitor
wells may  be incorrectly placed,  and may fail to  indicate  the
presence of an existing plume.   Geophysical  monitoring of  plume
 location and dynamics  may avoid these problems.

     Characterization  of Subsurface  Conditions — is usually a
major portion  of  the field investigation.  At most sites,  the
 local soil  and rock types,  the depth of the water table,  and the
direction  of ground water flow will  strongly influence movement
of contaminants;  therefore,  these factors must be well defined,
as must the  potential  of the  contaminants to be retarded by
 soils.  Natural anomalies within the  geohydrologic section  must be
taken into consideration,  as  well as surface drainage,  sewers,
 and buried utilities,  all of  which can affect both surface and
ground water flow  around  a HWS.

Factors to be  Considered

     The ten factors shown in the perimeter  of Figure 2  may
 impact  on  a  specific site assessment.   The  following disussion
reviews some of  these  variables.

1)  Natural Site  Conditions
    o Surface  features  can be easily observed;  they  include
      the  natural  setting,  vegetation,  topography,
      geomorphology,  physiography, and cultural  development;
    o Subsurface  features including  soils,  rock,  hydrologic,
      chemical and biologic conditions cannot be  seen;
      therefore  these subsurface conditions  are difficult  to
      evaluate.

      If subsurface conditions were as uniform as  layer cake, the
assessment would  be relatively straightforward.   However,  in most
 field situations,  this will not he the case.   For example,  a small

-------
change of a  few percent  in sand/clay content can change  hydraulic
permeability by a  factor of  10.   Therefore,  the site  investigator
must be alert  to  small  variations which will cause significant
but unsuspected errors.   The subtle changes in subsurface
conditions are by  far  the  most difficult to detect.

     Daily or  seasonal  effects of temperature and  precipitation
will influence contaminant  stability and migration.   Areas  of
ground water recharge  are  important because contaminants may
easily enter a ground water  system.   Subtle variations in
permeability will  permit  preferential ground water flow
directions and rates unsupported hy regional conditions, surface
observations or limited borings.

     Assessment of natural  site conditions requires that the  site
be considered at various  dimensional scales (Figure 3).   While a
specific waste site may be  only an acre in size,  its  contamina-
tion may be  spread over many tens of acres.   Its impact  upon  the
surrounding  area can depend upon its  regional  setting,   including
geology,  vegetation, population,  water  supply,  rivers, lakes, and
seasonal  factors.    Insight into the character of the  local
setting can  be derived  from knowledge of the broader  regional
picture,  therefore it  is  commonly necessary to plan the  investi-
gation to include  an area  considerably  greater than the HWS
itself.   This will provide  an overview, which will enable the
local site conditions  to  be more rapidly and accurately evaluated.
 (Contaminant transport  by ground water and the geohydrologic
factors controlling it do  not stop at property  lines.)

     An analogy can he drawn to the use of a camera's telescopic
zoom lens to zoom  in from an overall view to a close-up of  the
finer details.   Omitting  the broad overview can result in a
number of critical gaps in  information  about the setting.   Here
are some examples:

     Figure  4 shows a  hazardous waste site situated over an old
buried stream channel.    In many cases such channels act as
preferential pathways  for  movement of contaminants because  of
their increased permeability.   Understanding that a regional  area
contains buried stream channels,  and knowing where they may he
located,  will be a significant aid in assessing the local
situation.

     Figure  5 shows a  hazardous waste site in a soil  overlying a
massive hard rock, such as granite.   Within the massive rock
itself,  little if  any water  flow occurs.   However,  these rocks are
often fractured,   increasing the overall permeability of the bulk
rock.   To maximize the yield of potable water,  wells  are drilled
to intersect such  fractures.   The same  fractures may  also become
conduits for contaminants  to move into  the bedrock and ground
water system.  The investigator must be aware  of  the regional
geologic setting,   the  secondary porosity of the granite due to

-------
fracturing,  and the extraction of drinking  water from these
localized  fractures.    The  directions  of major  fracture  trends may
also be  known  by  local  drillers or geologists.
            Regional Setting
                     Haior
                     Waste Site
            Local Setting

            Direct Human Exposure
            Via Skin Contact
            and Inhalation
  Gaseous and
Airborne Particles
Indirect Human Exposure
  Deposition on Crops
  Ingeslion in Animals
                        Leachat* Movement in Soil and Groundwoter
            Waste  Site
                                                   Septic Tank
                      Froctur«d Rock
Figure  3.   Regional,  local  and detail  aspects  of a  hazardous
       waste site may all  play a role  in  site  investigation.
                                         10

-------
             \
      \   Buried Chonnel
               \
     Hozordous

     Waste Site
V

            PLAN  VIEW
                                             CROSS SECTION
Figure  4.   Buried stream channel may direct hazardous waste flow.
                    —Fractures
               PLAN  VIEW
^
/
^HWS/;
/
w
J
                                    Fractures —/
                                               CROSS SECTION
Figure  5.   Fractured  rock can  direct hazardous  waste flow.




                                      11

-------
     Figure  6  illustrates  the influence that the presence of
dissolved limestone  (karst) may  have  on a HWS.   Soluble rocks
such as  limestone  and  slowly  dissolved by natural  waters.    Caves
and surface  collapse result  from this dissolution and associated
erosion.   Waterfilled  caverns are  often part of the ground  water
system under such  conditions.   In addition to these major water
conduits, the  existence  of many  smaller fractures  leads to  in-
creased  permeability.  These  site  conditions are referred to as
karst,  and susceptible areas  are well-known on a regional basis.
Rapid and direct communication may occur between the HWS and
local and regional ground  water  at such a site.   Figure 7 shows
the regional ground water  at  such  a site.   Figure 7 shows the
distribution of soluble  rock  area  in  the United States.   Accord-
ing to Davies of the U.S.  Geological  Society Survey, 15% of the
United States has  limestone or other  soluble rock  at or near the
surface.   If other forms of  activity  (pseudo-karst)  and mining
activites are included,  up to 54%  of  the U.S. area is included.

2)   Cultural Features
     Cultural development  and modifications can also affect
the HWS.   Paved areas  and  drainage systems concentrate surface
waters.   Trenches  for buried  pipes,  sewer lines, telephone
cables,  and  other  utilities  are  often back-filled with materials
which are more loosely packed, or  more permeable than the natural
soil and rock.   These  pathways are potential conduits for the
rapid movement of  contaminants,  which have been observed follow-
ing such pathways.    The  existence  of  canals and the pumping of
ground water may influence migration  of contaminants over the
surface  and into ground  water.   In addition,  leaks  from many
pipes or tanks are sources of pollution.

3)   Hazardous Waste:    Types,   Forms,  and Methods of Disposal
     The Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
defines  a hazardous waste  as  that  which can cause substantial
damage to health or  environment  when  improperly managed.   The
definition of hazardous  wastes includes four characteristics:
         o Ignitability
         o Corrosivity
         o Reactivity
         o Toxicity

     To  determine  if wastes may  cause or potentially cause
"substantial" hazard to  human health  or the environment,  other
factors  can be considered:

         o degree  of toxicity
         o concentrations
         o potential to  migrate  into  the environment
         o potential to  bioaccumulate
         o possibility of  improper management
                                 12

-------
                         Hazardous Waste Site
   I  T- I   I ' I  ' I ' T—-r' i  ' r V-L-|-L-T-J-r-^-i
Figure 6.   Cross  section  of karst  area showing potential for  rapid
            transport of ground water contamination  to nearby
            stream.
        Figure  7.   Distribution of karst  areas in the U.S.
                     (Ref.  Davies  USGS).
                                   13

-------
         o  quantities  of  the waste
         o  historic  records of human health and environmental
            damage

     The site  investigator must be prepared for and deal with
virtually any  material  and condition.   These materials may be
hydrocarbons,  organic  complexes,  herbicides,  pesticides, toxic
gases, heavy metals,  explosives,  fly ash, sludge,  specific or
complex industrial processing wastes,  or radioactive substances.
They may be in the  form of gases, liquids, powders, sludges, and
solids--alone  or mixed with general  debris.

     Waste  materials may  be buried or found as surface or
subsurface  leaks and spills.   They may leak or evaporate from
impoundments,  or may simply be left  abandoned on  the surface.  In
some cases,  materials  have been disposed of in rivers or estuaries.
Some will mix  readily  with water  and  some  will not.   Many
components  at  a HWS  will  migrate rapidly through the unsaturated
and saturated  zones. Others will  move more slowly and can be
attenuated  by  various  chemical and  biological  mechanisms during
transport.   Denser contaminants will sink more rapidly due to
their weight,  while  hydrocarbons, which are lighter, will float
on water.

     The type  of hazardous  waste,  its method of disposal,  and
its behavior  in the environment  are  quite varied.  The
investigator must be  aware of these factors when considering his
technical  approach,   so that he may select an optimal combination
of technologies.

4)   Interaction of Wastes and the Natural Setting
     Many contaminants  will move  by advection along with ground
water flow  and become  dispersed by mechanical dispersion and
molecular  diffusion.    These processes cause spreading of the
contaminant, not only  along the line of flow but also transverse
to the flow path.    It  is  possible for some contaminants
 (conservative  parameters)  to travel  for long distances and to
spread out  over large  areas as a  result of these processes.   One
such plume  had migrated more than 8  miles in 35 years and had
contaminated the ground water in  over 10  square miles.

     Regional  and local ground water flow will often differ
due to influences of pumping,  presence of canals,  lakes and
impoundments,  and runoff,  as well as local changes in soil and
rock permeability.    Flow  rates are commonly  estimated  based on
soil or rock permeabilities shown in reference literature or from
laboratory   tests;  however,  these  usually indicate lower permeability
than is observed in the field.   Furthermore,  permeabilities are
commonly referenced to  water as the  pore fluid, whereas
permeabilities  based upon specific chemicals  are often found to
                                   14

-------
differ  significantly.   Some chemicals have been observed to
migrate up to  10  times  faster than ground  water.    In  addition
to  influencing flow  rates,  certain chemicals may react directly
with the natural  soil or clay liner materials to increase their
permeability,  as  for example by desiccation cracking of these
materials.   Accordingly,  it is important to know not only the
type of contaminant,  but also the kinds of materials within
which the contaminant is contained or is migrating.

     Physical  and chemical  characteristics of soil and rock, and
biologic factors  will significantly influence the transport and
attenuation of many  hazardous materials.   Some contaminants will
be  retarded or attenuated as they move into the soil or with the
ground water.   Materials such as heavy metals and PCB's are often
readily attenuated by absorption or adsorption.    If these
materials pass through  clays or natural organics (mucks,  peats),
they  are  attenuated   more  than  by passing through clean sand.
Clean fine sands  will provide greater attenuation than will more
permeable  materials,  such as coarse sands or highly permeable
limestone.   This  increased  attenuation  can  signficantly retard
the extent of contamination.

     Low pH materials  (acids)  will be neutralized by the car-
bonates of natural  limestone and by the buffering effect of sea
water.   A chemically reducing environment will tend to immobilize
or  retard the movement  of heavy metals,  while an acid environment
will allow metals to move more freely.   In many cases bacterial
action will significantly reduce hydrocarbon fuel oil concen-
trations .

     The many  ways  in which contaminants can interact,  be absorbed
or  released from  the  soils,  and migrate through the unsaturated
and saturated  zones  will influence the technical approach selected
for subsurface  investigation.

5)  Site Surveying  and  Positioning
     It is critical  to  any field work that the investigator
be  able to position  himself and the data with adequate  accuracy.
Further, it is important that other investigators be able to
return to any  location  with the desired level of accuracy,  so
that data obtained  from various investigations may be compared.
On  the other hand,  it makes no sense to spend time and money on
plotting a survey grid  with a high degree of accuracy if such
accuracy  is  unnecessary.

     The level of precision and accuracy necessary will depend on
whether general reconnaissance or detailed work is in order, and
how the information  is  to be subsequently used.   In some cases,
plus or minus  10  feet will  be more than adequate; in others, a
tolerance of a few  inches will be required.   In some cases only a
random walk search  with no  pre-search survey grid laid in may be
                                  15

-------
needed to look for buried drums.   If a trench with drums is
detected, its boundary may  then  be surveyed and mapped.

     When survey  grids are  required,  they may be laid down
relative to some  on-site reference points,  and may be paced off,
or located by tape measure.   If it is required that the data  then
be located  by tape  measure and reference points, a professional
and survey crew should be engaged.

6)   Safety Aspects
     HWS operations  require that suitable health and safety
precautions be met.   The  site must be initially  characterized  so
that a suitable health/safety plan can be implemented.   Continu-
ous atmospheric monitoring  may be  required if digging,  drilling,
or drum sampling  activity is  taking place.   Decontamination of
both materials and personnel  must  be considered  in on-site
operations.   Special  training,  equipment and standards must be
utilized for field activities.   Crews dressed in heavy,  hot
protective clothing  will certainly work at decreased efficiency.
Therefore,  increased time and costs of site surveys will result
from increased levels of safety  requirements.

     Another safety  problem to be  considered is the risk of
drilling at a HWS without prior site characterization.   As the
number of drilled holes increases,  the probabilty  of acciden-
tally hitting a target such as a buried drum of  hazardous waste
also rises.   The  methods discussed in this document may be used
before drilling or backhoe  work  to characterize the site and
minimize the likelihood of  accidents  and liability.

7)   Logistics
     A HWS may be located in a heavily-populated area (Love Canal,
New York) or in a pasture many miles from the nearest town  (Denney
Farm Site,  Missouri)  .  Support facilities and their access are
important to HWS  investigations.   The program should identify
facilities such as airports,  hotels and restaurants,  as well  as
safety support such  as hospitals,  fire and police facilities.
Water for drinking and decontamination purposes may have to be
brought to the site  by tank truck and special disposal arrange-
ments,  for wash-down water  and other disposables, must  be made.

     Weather conditions will  obviously affect personnel comfort
and efficiency and may also influence technical work.   If
possible, field work should be scheduled in periods of good
weather;  if not,  allowances should be made for unusual weather
conditions,  particularly if respirators,  self-contained breathing
apparatus (SCBA),   or cumbersome  protective clothing must  be worn.

     Site access  is  often a critical  aspect of field work.   Steep
slopes, heavy vegetation or wet  ground can inhibit movement of
both personnel and equipment.   Working access is sometimes

                                   16

-------
required not  only  at  the immediate site but also in the
surrounding area,  for tracing off-site contamination,  or
obtaining background  reference  data.

8)   Legal
     Suitable personnel  ID'S, procedures,  and common courtesy  are
called  for in dealing with  people.   In matters which will  involve
legal proceedings,   the site investigator should consult with the
project legal staff before  beginning  the  job.   While initial
reconnaissance work may  require only  routine documentation,
subsequent investigations may require extensive documentation
for legal purposes.   If  the site investigation data are to be
used in court, attention to proper documentation,   traceability of
samples, calibration  and analysis  will be important.   There may
be legal obstacles  impeding site access,  due to liability
considerations  and/or   legal  actions  in  process.

9)   Social
     Social and political aspects  of  HWS investigations are
worthy of attention.   Will  local residents,  special interest
groups, agencies or industries  be  hostile in any way to the
presence of a field team?   Is a "low profile"  of activities
required to avoid  unnecessarily alarming  people?  Are press
statements necessary  and should a  specific person be assigned
this responsibility?   Will  private citizens  come in contact with
the HWS operation?  What safety measures  may be required for
nearby  residents or passersby?

10)   Economics
     It is essential  to  develop a  technical plan and budget
which are compatible  and which  meet the objectives.  However,
some flexibility should  be  incorporated into both the  technical
program and the budget,  because the complexity of HWS assess-
ments will not generally allow  a detailed technical plan,   and
unforeseen variations  are bound to  occur.
Summary

     It  should  be  apparent that the HWS investigation is a complex
problem because of the many  variables  involved.   Generally the
simple first-order approximations  of site conditions will be
addressed first and  then  information will be upgraded as budgets
and time permit.   The  skills,  tools and effort brought to bear
should be focused  to bring about  a rapid  convergence of information
and results, to avoid  (or at least minimize)  some of the pitfalls
of the traditional approach.   Practically speaking,  one cannot
expect to obtain results  that  are 100% accurate; the investigator
must understand the  possible effects of the variables involved
and he must be  able  to  judge when he is close enough to the
project  objectives.

                                    17

-------
                            SECTION III

                EVALUATION OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Background

      In  any  subsurface  assessment,  the investigator hopes  to
find  a simple  "layer cake"  system of uniform, flat-lying soil and
rock  strata  (Figure  8) .  In  the real world, however, conditions
are not so   simple.   Major  variations in the soil and rock
profiles occur  in  both  horizontal and vertical directions
(Figures 9  and 10).   These   spatial variations can range from
macroscopic to microscopic,   and they all can affect HWS
conditions.

      Subsurface variations  are controlled by the stratigraphy
and structure of the  geologic  deposits  and formations.   Although
the individual  geologic  formations  may be homogeneous,  an  entire
section may  be  heterogeneous because of differences in hydraulic
permeability between  layers.   Structural features such as joints,
fractures,  folds and faults also influence the direction and
speed of water  movement  within the  bedrock.   Even mineral
composition or  grain  size substantially influence water seepage,
and therefore the  movement  of  contaminants.   This   geologic
heterogeneity can  have  a profound effect on  the  interrelationship
between regional and  local  ground water flow systems.

      Both natural  and man-induced factors  can  affect
subsurface  conditions.   Increased precipitation will lead  to
greater leachate production from landfills,  provide rapid
transport of contaminants by surface water,  and may also provide
a benefit by diluting contaminants.   Hydrocarbons or other  light
materials will  float  on  top of ground water,  in the form of a
surface lens.   In  shallow water table conditions, elevation of
the water table by heavy rainfall may cause the movement of an
otherwise immobile contaminant.   Man-induced fluctuations  include
pumping of ground  water  for agricultural,  industrial, or  drinking
purposes.   Nearby  pumping  will  often influence the  direction and
rate  of local ground  water  and contaminant flow.   Accurate
measurement of  subsurface conditions becomes more difficult as
both  natural and man-induced variables  increase site complexity.
                                  18

-------
Figure 8.   Uniform "layer  cake"  soils




                   19

-------
                         1".; :->.  *: ''    '" '  '-'. '•'*Ł*&,,.?. 'k-  ^":"'""  -              '^"v"
                         K.r _ -     ^-Tsss.;-1"-  ;••          .; "?r   -i? -     •           v _ _ _   >:: -;•
                         (>: ,     -   -----\"^. °"    -  .:.-     Vila                 ^-.^r-.,.^^ -
KJ
O

-------
Figure in.  Solution-eroded limestone.  The  overburden  has  been  removed  from
            the limestone so it can be mined.

-------
Limitations and  Requirements  of Spatial Sampling

      In monitoring a HWS,  the new Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act  (RCRA)  standards require the installation of at
least  one  upgradient well and three downgradient wells to monitor
ground water contamination  (Figure  11).   No reference is made  to
well locations or  their  relation to uniformity of site conditions.

     The soil  sample obtained from drilling,  or the water sample
from a monitor well,   is  representative only of the immediate
surroundings from which  it came,  as shown in Figure 12.    If  the
subsurface geologic  and  hydrologic  parameters  are highly variable,
serious omissions  and  errors  often result from the interpretation
of a limited number  of sampling points.   Clearly,   in order to
reach a high level of accuracy,  a statistically valid sampling
program must be  implemented which anticipates the possibility  of
site variability.

     An insight  to the number of discrete samples that are
required for site  definition  can be obtained by considering
detection probability curves.   Figure 13 shows a burial site
which is 1/10 of the total site area.    (The size and location  of
the target area  are  usually unknown.)   Based upon detection
probability calculations,  the number of samples or borings
required to achieve  various detection probabilities at this  site
is shown in Figure 14.   More  than ten holes are required for a
uniform grid search  pattern and more than 40  are needed for  a
random search pattern,  in order to achieve a probability of
detection approaching 100%.   If an error is made in estimating
the target size,  and it  is  in fact  smaller than assumed,  a much
lower detection  probability will result.   A series of "misses" in
a drilling program will  obviously lead to an erroneous conclusion
as to the presence or absence of a  target.

     With a smaller  target, such as with a fracture system a few
inches in width,  the As/At  ratio (site to target area ratio)
increases  significantly,   and  assessment by drilling becomes
almost impossible.    Typical As/At ratios at various hazardous
waste sites may  range from less than 10  to more than 1,000.   As
this ratio increases,  the search problem can rapidly become
comparable to  "looking  for a  needle in a haystack".

     The above example discusses only the problem of hitting the
target, which requires only one contact;  it does not address the
problem of definition of  the  target's  shape.   Additional
sampling will be required to  establish the spatial extent of the
target and to define its  perimeter.   As the shape of the site
becomes more complex, or if  it is made up of several smaller
sites, or if the  project requirements dictate that detailed
boundaries be established,  the number of borings needed will
increase greatly.  It  is obvious that to achieve a good

                                   22

-------
statistical  evaluation of complex  site conditions  would require
test holes  to  be placed in a  close-order grid, which  would
reduce the  site  to "Swiss cheese".
                        Regional Groundwater Flow
Figure 11.   Four monitoring wells  are the minimum  required by RCRA.
         0
       DIRECT,  SAMPLING (DRILLING)
DIRECT SAMPLING  (WATER SAMPLING)
Figure 12.   Sample from drilling and monitor wells  is only
             representative of  the immediate area.
                                    23

-------
                     Area  of  Target = At
                  Area  of  Site = As
                                   S 10
Figure 13.
Ratio of overall site area  to  target  area is often
large.   Target area may  represent  a plume or burial
site.   Smaller targets become  more difficult  to  find.
Other Errors Associated with  Monitor Wells

     In  addition  to  the  potential errors introduced from place-
ment and the number of borings,  samples   and  monitor wells,
factors  such as poor quality monitor well construction, improper
sampling or preservation of samples,  and imprecise analytical
methods may lead  to  other  errors  in site assessment.    Improperly
sealed well screen  intervals  may produce unrepresentative
samples, and create  cross-contamination  problems.   Even with
properly installed wells,  the collection of representative
water samples is  not  easily accomplished.   Furthermore, the
water chemistry within the monitor  well  will often change with
time making the result time-dependent.   Depending upon the
type of  sampling  device used  and the extent of well development,
the chemical parameter measured  can present a distorted view
of site conditions.    The  effort  to  collect a representative
ground water sample  is futile if the chemical composition
changes between the  time of collection and the time of analysis,
due to improper sample preservation and  storage.
                                   24

-------
      100 r
      80
      60
    c
    o>
   Q
      40
.a
o

o
i_
Q_
       20
         0
                      Random  Search
                10
20
30
40
50
                          Number of Boreholes
Figure  14.   Probability of detecting a target using a rectangular
            grid and randomly located borings.   Data for As/At

            Ratio of 10.
                                25

-------
     Errors  associated  with the location and sampling of monitor
wells are not well  understood  and are commonly ignored,  and  the
resulting interpretations  and  calculations are based upon
assumptions  of ideal conditions.   While the resulting  calculat-
ions may appear convincing,  if they are based upon conditions
which are not representative,  they can lead to significant
errors.
Safety and Risk  Factors

     An important  factor  in  HWS assessment is the risk associ-
ated with drilling for  monitor wells and exploratory holes in
unknown conditions  at hazardous  waste  sites.   As the number
of holes needed  to define  a  problem area increases,  so does
the possibility  of penetrating buried  containers or trenches,
and exposing field crews  to  toxic  fumes  and  liquids.  In
extreme cases, the detonation  of explosive materials and
fire may result.    In addition, there is the risk of cross-
contamination which can result from a  drill penetrating a
natural or man-made  seal.   The hole may then act as a seepage
route, possibly  releasing  contaminants into more permeable
soil horizons or fractured rock, and ultimately into contact
with ground water.

An Alternative Approach--Geophysical Methods

     The previous  discussion has been  centered around the
traditional  approach to  characterizing subsurface conditions
by drilling and  soil sampling,  monitor wells,  and water sample
analysis. The general philosophy of the discussion applies to
any direct sampling discrete measurements.   In making such
measurements,  it has been  pointed out,  a statistically signifi-
cant number of samples  must  be obtained to assure a reasonable
level of definition and accuracy The deficiencies of using the
traditional approach alone have recently been identified in
technical seminars  and  literature.   What is needed is a means
to optimize the  approach  to  site assessment,  to maximize the
benefits obtained  in exchange  for invested dollars,  while
reaching a reasonable level  of technical accuracy.   More cost-
effective reconnaissance techniques are needed,  which provide
rapid, continuous  spatial coverage,  and reduce the risk of
contamination and  other hazards associated with conventional
drilling programs  alone.   Using remote-sensing geophysical
methods in an integrated  systems approach is  a proven way of
achieving these  objectives.   Such an approach does not eliminate
drilling and monitor wells--nor can it hope to compensate for
poorly constructed wells--but  it does  provide us with an
improved understanding of  site conditions,  and helps us to
place monitor wells  in  the right locations to be representative
of site conditions.
                                  26

-------
What is Remote  Sensing  and Geophysics?

     Our  eyes  are  remote-sensing devices; they produce images
of the  spatial  variations of electromagnetic energy within-the
visible portion of the  spectrum.   The term remote sensing is
usually associated with aerial photography or complex computer
images derived  from  Landsat  satellites.   However,  there are many
other types of remote sensing.

    Some  forms of  remote  sensing produce  a representative  measurem-
ent,  rather  than  an image.   Temperature, for example, may be
measured  directly by a  common thermometer or by a remote  infrared
sensor.    Geophysical measurements are remote-sensing methods,
because by their nature they respond to changes in physical
and/or chemical parameters at  a  distance.

    Geophysical measurement  systems  cover an extremely wide
range of  techniques, applied to  such fields as space
exploration, earthquake monitoring,  and mineral exploration.
One of the more familiar geophysical methods is the seismic
reflection technique used by all major oil companies for  select-
ing sites for  exploratory oil wells.  An  "acoustic"  signal is
generated near the surface,  and  travels thousands of feet into
the subsurface.  Reflections of  these signals are returned
from various rock  interfaces and are recorded to produce a
geologic  profile or  cross  section of the  area.   An examination
of this cross  section then reveals to the trained geologist
the most  promising locations to  drill for oil and gas.

Direct and Indirect  Measurements

   A soil or rock  sample  from a  drill rig may be examined
visually  and analytically  for physical and chemical  properties.
If,  for example,  the drilling log locates rock at a depth of 10
feet below the surface,   it has determined the depth to top of
rock at that specific location.   Such an observation is a direct
observation or measurement.   Many other strategies are available
for determining depth to  rock by less direct  means.   For  example,
a probe could be driven into the ground and the force or number
of hammer blows could be measured.   When we hit the rock,  we
might expect that  the measurement of force or blow counts  would
increase,  indicating the  top of  the  rock.   Such a determination
would be  an indirect measurement  of  the  top  of  the rock.    We
have actually measured  force or  blow count,  and have used it as
an indicator of contact with the  rock.   A geophysical method
would accomplish the same  goal by measurement of some physical
or electrical property  difference between the soil and rock.

    The measurements made  by the seismic  refraction  method,
for example,  will yield an indirect  measurement  of depth to
                                    27

-------
bedrock, which  is  based on a number of measurements and  sub-
sequent  calculations.   However,  the seismic method also
provides us with the seismic wave velocity of the  rock  (travel.
time) which is  in  fact  a direct  measurement.   Thus the geo-
physical methods can provide both indirect and direct
measurement of  subsurface properties.

    The  terms  "direct  measurement"  and "indirect  measurement"
used in  this document  are open to some interpretation.    The use
of these terms  is  not  intended to be definitive, but merely a
convenient device  to distinguish between two broad categories
of measurements.
In-Situ Measurements

    Some change  or degradation in sample properties occurs
when a sample  is  removed  from its natural setting.   In-situ
measurements provide a means  of  in-place,  non-destructive
measurement and  sometimes  offer  a more reliable mode of measure-
ment than methods  which require  removal  of a sample.  Geophysical
techniques provide  the capabilities  for  such in-situ measurement
of various physical  and  electrical properties under certain
conditions.   Besides these  benefits,  they provide a means of
characterizing site  conditions so that the danger of drilling
into unforeseen  hazards may be avoided.

Spatial Measurements

     It has been previously established that when the number
of borings or  monitor wells  is limited,  results may not be
representative of  site conditions,  and that in many cases, to
examine site details adequately  would  have made "Swiss cheese"
of the site.    In general,  data obtained from borings or monitor
wells comes from discrete depths.   Unlike such discrete sampling,
which yields only  limited  spatial and  volumetric information,
geophysical methods  measure a much larger volume of the sub-
surface, thereby  increasing the  volume sampled for a given
measurement (Figure  15).    This larger  volume integrates any
variations within  the sample,  and provides an "average picture"
of subsurface conditions.

     This aspect  of  geophysical  measurement has both advantages
and disadvantages.   One advantage is that a larger volume of the
subsurface is  sampled with each measurement; a disadvantage is
that if a feature or anomaly  is  small,  it may not be detected
in this larger volume.    In practice  then,  there is a trade-off
between the two methods:    on  the one hand,  the possibility of
obtaining better  resolution through  the  use of direct sampling
by drilling (a large number of samples is required); on the
other,  the more  representative results provided by indirect
sampling with  geophysics.    When  combined in an optimal manner,
                                  28

-------
  the two methods  complement  one another to produce a highly
  accurate subsurface  investigation.   By using geophysical
  methods for  locating anomalous and non-anomalous zones then
  converging on  the  critical  areas  with direct sampling,  the
  survey can proceed rapidly  to  completion.

       Most traditional  geophysical techniques assess subsurface
  conditions by  station  measurements;  however,  some contemporary
  techniques can measure subsurface parameters continuously along
  survey lines  (Figure 16).   While  theoretically the number of
  station measurements could  be  increased to achieve a density
  sufficient to  yield  the resolution of continuous measurements, to
  do so would  be impractical  in  many cases for technical and
  economic reasons.

     Although  the  continuous  methods  referred to in this
  document are typically limited to a depth of 15 meters or less,
  they are still to  be preferred when applicable, as they enable
  site coverage  to approach 100%.   In addition, they offer
  significant  benefits when applied to sites which are highly
  variable because they  provide  a continuity of subsurface
  information  which  is  not practically obtainable from station
  measurements.   Continuous geophysical  methods can be applied at
  traverse speeds of 1 to  5 mph,   resulting in a cost-effective
  approach for relatively  shallow survey work.    In order to
  illustrate the benefits  of  continuous measurements,  a comparison
  of station measurements  and continuous measurements is discussed
  below.

       The lower data  set  in  Figure 17 reveals the highly
  variable nature of a site as recorded by a continuous spatial
  measurement technique.   The upper data plot shows the loss of
  information  and  misleading  interpretations that can result
  from a limited number  of station  samples and interpolating
  between sample points.   As  can be seen,  a limited number of
  measurements can result  in  distorted data.   By increasing the
  number of station  measurements, greater resolution and accuracy
  is attained.

       Sampling  of spatially  varying data may be accurately
accomplished by  discrete as well as  continuous measurements.  If
the size of the  smallest feature in the data that will be of
interest  can be  established,  a survey can be designed to obtain
adequate data  from discrete station measurements.   To accomplish
this requires  that an  estimate be made before the survey is
carried out.    If our estimate is in error,  our data will also be
in error.   To  minimize the possibility of making such errors,  to
achieve maximum  resolution, and  to  minimize  project  costs,
continuous methods should  be  employed whenever possible,
particularly when a  small  sample interval  is required or site
conditions are suspected of being highly variable.
                                  29

-------
                                Volume  of  Drilling
                                or Water Sampling
     Volume  of  Typical
  Geophysics! Measurement
Figure 15.   Simplified comparison of  the  volume sampled by
             geophysical and drilling  methods.
Figure  16.   Simplified  example of the volume  sampled by
            continuous  geophysical measurement.
                               30

-------
                                                   STATION
                                                MEASUREMENTS
                                                CONTINUOUS
                                               MEASUREMENTS
       DISCRETE SAMPLING VS CONTINUOUS MEASUREMENTS
    Figure 17.
Continuous measurement will provide greater
resolution than limited station measurements.
     By running closely-spaced parallel survey lines with  a
continuous method, changes in subsurface parameters  (electrical
conductivity,  for example) can be mapped, with the  high-
resolution response showing subtle details of site  conditions.
Results may be presented  in the  form  of  3-dimensional  figures  or
isopleth maps (Figures 18 & 19) .   With detailed data of this
type, the confidence level in site assessment is  high  because  the
results are "continuous"  and they show details which would be
missed by other approaches.  Attempting to obtain this  level  of
data detail by drilling would have been unrealistic.

     The data in Figures  18 & 19 are  for the  same site, and
not only show where an anomaly occurs, but may also provide
some idea of its size.   With this information, the  investigator
can converge rapidly upon  unusual conditions  and  proceed  to
drill and sample at discrete points in a logical  manner
independent of drilling grids or statistical  methods.   Often,
no more than 3 to 6 direct samplings  are needed to  obtain  a
high-accuracy assessment of a HWS,  once  it has been characterized
by such geophysical data.
                                  31

-------
Airborne, Surface,  and Downhole Methods

     Three possible  ways  of using the remote-sensing methods  are
illustrated in Figure  20:

    o Airborne or  satellite remote sensing clearly has merits,  in
      terms of spatial coverage per unit time and cost, but
      relatively poor  resolution of local details.    It  provides
      little,  if any,  subsurface data other than that which is
      derived by  interpretation.

    o Surface methods  yield less spatial coverage per unit time
      but can significantly improve resolution while providing
      subsurface information.   A three-dimensional "picture"
      can often be generated using special measurement
      techniques.   An  inherent limitation of all surface
      geophysical  methods  is that their resolution (ability to
      detect a small feature)  decreases  with depth.

    o Downhole or  hole-to-hole methods  (lowering various  sensors
Figure 18.
Three-dimensional perspective view  of geophysical
electrical conductivity data  from parallel transects
across a hazardous waste site.
                                  32

-------
 Figure 19.   Isopleth map  of geophysical  electrical conductivity
               data shown in  Figure 18.
A. AIR80RNE OR SATELLITE
 REMOTE SENSING
                          B. SURFACE REMOTE SENSINO
                                                C. DOWNHOLE REMOTE SENSINO
 Figure  20.
    Three  modes of using  remote  sensing  (geophysical]
    methods.
       down boreholes) will  improve vertical  resolution over  sur-
       face methods,  but  the volume sampled  is  usually limited  to
       the area immediately  around the boring,  or that between  two
       borings,  and the cost  per  unit area is high.   However, if
       holes are already in place,  Or if they are to be drilled
       for other purposes, the  overall cost  can  be reduced.   The
       major benefit of downhole  methods is  that  detailed high-
       resolution information may be acquired at  significant
       depths.

     All  three approaches--airborne,  surface,  and  downhole--have
a place  in subsurface  investigation.   However this  document will
be limited to a discussion  of  six selected  surface geophysical
methods.
                                    33

-------
     Since  each geophysical  method measures a different sub-
surface  parameter,  the information obtained from one sensor is
often complemented by  that from  another.   The synergistic use of
multiple geophysical techniques  will often serve to enhance data
interpretations.   Those familiar with traditional well logging
will recognize  this concept,  as  multiple logs are commonly
obtained for  this purpose.

     It  should  be noted that the performance of any geophysical
technique depends on its  specific application and site conditions.
No  single method, therefore,  should be expected to solve all site
evaluation  problems.   Furthermore, geophysical technology is not
in  itself a panacea;  its successful application is dependent upon
integrating the geophysical  data with other sources of information.
This must be  done by persons with training and experience in the
methodology,   as well as the  engineering and earth sciences.

An  Integrated Systems  Approach

     In  order to effectively utilize the benefits of both direct
sampling and  remote sensing  techniques,  an integrated systems
approach is needed.  The surface geophysical methods are
generally used  as reconnaissance tools to cover an area rapidly,
searching for anomalous  conditions.   After these areas have been
identified, the locations  for drilling and monitor wells can be
selected,  with  a high  degree of  confidence in their being
located  in  the  right places  to produce a representative sampling
of  site  conditions.  Analyses of soil and water samples from
such wells provide  the necessary quantitative measurements of
subsurface  parameters.    This approach creates much greater
confidence in the final  data interpretation with fewer wells and
overall cost  savings.    Now the drilling operations are no longer
being used for  hit-or-miss reconnaissance,  but rather as
specific quantitative   tools.  The geophysical methods make rapid
site coverage possible,  followed by prompt convergence on
potential,  problem  areas with direct sampling.
     Even if monitor wells have  already been installed,  geophysical
surveys can still provide  significant  benefits.   The location of
existing monitor wells  relative  to problem  areas  can  be  assessed,
thus providing  a means  of  evaluating the validity of data already
acquired   If additional  wells are needed to fill gaps in the
overall site coverage,   they  can  be precisely placed.

Specific Geophysical Methods

     The following sections  of this document describe several
surface geophysical methods  and  their  applications.   The six
geophysical methods which have been selected for presentation
are:  Ground  Penetrating Radar,  Electromagnetic,  Resistivity,
Seismic Refraction, Metal Detection and Magnetometry.   It is only
in  the past five to ten  years that the geophysical methods have
                                34

-------
been extensively  applied to shallow investigations, and only
within the  last  five  years have they been applied  to hazardous
waste site  assessments.   The  results  have  been impressive and
these methods  are now rapidly gaining acceptance,  often playing  a
pivotal  role in  hazardous waste site investigations.

     Geophysical  methods themselves have been used  for many
decades  in  the fields of exploration for oil,  gas and minerals.
The methods applied  to these programs are highly developed and
have been applied with great success for many years.  Some geo-
physical methods  have been found to be effective in engineering
geology  and ground water investigations,  and their  use has become
widespread  in these fields.   While the basic concepts of the
methods  in  all of these applications are similar,   unfortunately
the equipment and specifics,  as applied to the deeper or larger
oil, gas and mineral  deposits,  are  not necessarily applicable to
hazardous waste  site  investigations which require  shallow, high-
resolution  surveys.

     On  the other  hand,  the seismic refraction and  resistivity
approaches  used  in the engineering geology and hydrologic fields
are,  in  fact,  directly applicable to hazardous waste sites.    The
electromagnetic  and  ground  penetrating  radar  techniques discussed
in this  document  are  relatively new,  and both have  been readily
adapted  to  hazardous  waste  site work.   Metal detecting is not
often considered  to be a geophysical technique,  although its
principles  of equipment  operation are  similar  to  the others.
Treasure hunters,  the  armed services,  and public utilities have
used metal  detectors  to locate treasure,  ordnance,   and buried
pipes and cables;  the metal-detecting equipment and technology
used at  HWS has been  developed from these applications.   While
the magnetometer  does  see extensive use in the fields of geology
and geophysics,   its primary use in the area of concern to this
document is in finding ferrous  metal objects:   pipe/cable
location,  survey  stake location,  searching for lost aircraft and
sunken ships,  and  archeology.

     There  are a  number of new geophysical methods, and quite a
few older ones,  which  in principle may be applicable to hazardous
waste sute  investigations.   However, this document  discusses
only those methods which have  met the  following  criteria:

     o   they are  regularly used for hazardous waste site assess-
        ment ;

     o   they have proven capability in hazardous  waste site
        assessment;

     o   they are  suitable for broad application to  the problems
        typically  found  at  hazardous waste sites.
                                      35

-------
     The six  selected  geophysical  methods are briefly described
below,  and are then  described  in further detail in sections IV
through IX.

     o  Ground penetrating  radar is  a reflection technique using
        highfrequency radio waves, which are bounced off subsur-
        face  features.    The picture-like presentation associated
        with the radar method  is highly useful to evaluate
        details of subsurface  conditions.   Ground penetrating
        radar is used  to detect natural geohydrologic conditions
        and the presence of both natural and man-made anomalous
        conditions.   Of  the contemporary geophysical  methods,
        radar is one of  the most effective and impressive; it
        offers the capability  of continuous profiling information
        at speeds up to  several  miles  per hour.   Its performance,
        however,  is  highly  site-specific and is limited to
        investigation at  shallow depths.

     o  Electromagnetic  allows measurement  of subsurface
        electrical conductivities.   Much as the chemist can
        measure the  specific conductance of a water sample, the
        electromagnetic  method can measure the conductivity of
        the subsurface including the  water contained in the
        soil and rock.    Measurements  can be made as station
        measurements or  as  continuous  profiling measurements.
        Because of the capability of  making continuous profile
        measurements, the method enables subsurface details to
        be mapped effectively.    The  method provides the means
        of mapping contaminant plumes,  locating trenches and
        buried waste,  and identifying buried  utility  lines.  It
        is one of the  more  powerful  methods now being applied
        at hazardous waste  sites.

     o  Resistivity  is a traditional  geophysical method by
        which measurements  of  subsurface electrical resistivity
        may be made.    The method is  somewhat analogous to the
        electromagnetic  method and the  data is related.   Resis-
        tivity measurements must be made by station measurements
        and they can provide effective  sounding,  or vertical
        information, as  to  the depth  and thickness  of the sub-
        surface layers.   The method  is also effective for profile
        measurements in  the horizontal  plane.

     o  Seismic refraction  is  also a  traditional method,  in
        that  it has  been extensively  applied to shallow investi-
        gations.   The  method involves  transmission  of seismic
        waves into the ground,   and by measurements  of the
        travel time of the waves,  the thicknesses and depths of
        geological layers can  be established.   The  method can
        be applied to  the location and definition of burial
                                   36

-------
        pits and  trenches,  as  well as to providing information
        on the natural  geohydrologic  setting.

     o  Metal Detector--A  metal  detector will respond to both
        ferrous and  non-ferrous  metal objects.   The metal detector
        can provide  information  as to drum location,  as well as
        tank,  pipe,  and utility  cable locations at or near a waste
        site.

     o  Magnetometry, the  magnetic method,  as discussed in this
        document, applies  to the location of buried ferrous
        metals such  as  drums.   By detecting anomalies in the
        earth's magnetic field caused by ferrous objects,  the
        magnetometer provides  a  means of locating such objects.
        The magnetometer will  respond only to ferrous metal, such
        as iron or steel;  it does not respond to non-ferrous
        metals, such as copper,  lead and brass.

     Table 1 summarizes  some applications of these six geo-
physical methods  to  hazardous  waste site assessments.
                                  37

-------
                            SECTION IV

                GROUND  PENETRATING RADAR (GPR)*
Introduction

     Ground penetrating  radar  (GPR)  uses high frequency  radio
waves to acquire  subsurface  information.   From a small antenna
which is moved  slowly  across the surface of the ground,  energy
is radiated downward into  the  subsurface,  then reflected back
to the receiving  antenna,  where  variations in the return signal
are continuously  recorded;  this  produces a continuous cross-
sectional  "picture" or profile of shallow subsurface conditions.
These responses are caused by radar wave reflections from
interfaces of materials  having different electrical properties.
Such reflections  are often associated with natural geohydrologic
conditions such as bedding,  cementation,  moisture and clay
content,  voids, fractures,  and intrusions,  as well as man-made
objects.   The radar method has been used at numerous HWS to
evaluate natural  soil  and  rock conditions,  as well as to detect
buried wastes.

     Radar responds to changes in soil and rock conditions.
An interface between two soil  or rock layers having suffi-
ciently different  electrical properties  will show up in  the
radar profile.   Buried pipes and other discrete objects will
also be detected.

    Depth of penetration is highly site-specific,  being
dependent upon  the properties  of the  site's  soil  and rock.
The method is limited  in depth by attenuation, primarily
due to the higher electrical conductivity of subsurface
materials.   Generally,  better  overall penetration is achieved
in dry,  sandy or  rocky areas;  poorer results are obtained  in
*GPR has been called by various  names:   ground piercing radar,
ground probing radar and  subsurface  impulse radar.    It is
also known as an  electromagnetic method (which in fact it is);
however,  since there are  many other  methods which are also
electromagnetic,  the term GPR has come  into common use today,
and will be used  herein.
                                   38

-------
moist, clayey or conductive  soils.   However, many times data
can be obtained  from  a considerable depth in saturated
materials, if the  specific  conductance of the pore fluid is
sufficiently low.   Radar penetration from one to 10 meters is
common.

     The  continuous nature  of  the radar method offers a number
of advantages over  some  of  the other geophysical methods.   The
continuous vertical profile  produced by radar permits much more
data to be gathered along a  traverse,  thereby providing a sub-
stantial  increase in  detail.   The high speed of data acquisition
permits many lines  to  be  run across a site,  and in some cases,
total site coverage is economically feasible. Reconnaissance
work or coverage of large areas can be accomplished using a
vehicle to tow the  radar  antenna  at speeds up to 8 KPH.   Very
high resolution work  or  work in areas where vehicles cannot
travel can be accomplished  by  towing the antenna  by hand at
much slower speeds.   Resolution ranges from centimeters to
several meters depending  upon  the antenna (frequency)  used.


     Initial in-field analysis of the data is permitted by
the picture-like quality  of  the radar results.   Despite its
simple graphic format,  there are many pitfalls in the use of
radar, and experienced personnel  are required for its operation
and for the interpretation of  radar data.

     Radar has effectively  mapped soil layers,  depth of bedrock,
buried stream channels,  rock fractures,  and cavities in natural
settings.

     Radar applications  to  HWS assessments include:

     o  Evaluation  of  the natural soil and geologic conditions;

     o  Location and  delineation  of buried waste materials,
        including both bulk  and drummed wastes;

     o  Location and  delineation  of contaminant plume areas;

     o  Location and  mapping of buried utilities  (both metallic
        and non-metallic).


Principles and Equipment

     The  radar system  discussed in this document is a
commercially-available impulse  radar system.   Continuous
wave (CW)  or other  impulse  systems exist,  but they are
generally  one  of a kind,  being experimental, instruments,
and are not discussed  here.
                                    39

-------
     Figure 21  shows  a  simplified block diagram of a radar
system.   The system consists  of  a control  unit,  antenna,
graphic recorder and  an optional magnetic  tape recorder
(Figure  22).  In operation,  the electronics are typically
mounted in a vehicle.    The  antenna is connected by a cable
and is mounted  or  towed behind the vehicle,  or may be towed
by hand.   System power  is usually supplied by a small gasoline
generator.   Various antennas  may be used with the system to
optimize the survey results  for  individual site conditions and
specific requirements.
                                   40

-------
    ANTENNA
    Sampler
    Circuits
    Bow Tie
5-300 Meter
                  Cable
              CONTROLLER
                Radar
                Waveform
o
o
o
o
                                                   GRAPHIC  RECORDER
              TAPE RECORDER
                                             GROUND SURFACE
                          SOIL
Figure 21.   Block  diagram of  ground penetrating radar  system.
             Radar  waves are reflected  from soil/rock  interface.
                                  41

-------

-------
    The  impulse  radar transmits electromagnetic pulses of  short
duration into the ground  from a broad-band antenna.   The antenna
is usually  in close  proximity to the surface of the ground.

Pulses radiated  from the  antenna are reflected from various
interfaces  within the subsurface and are picked up by the
receiver section of  the antenna.   They are then returned to  the
control unit for processing  and display.   The radar data can be
recorded by a graphic recorder and/or a magnetic tape recorder.
The graphic recorder provides a picture-like display of the  radar
data  (Figure 23).  Radar  reflections will be returned from any
natural or  man-made  object which has a contrast in its dielectric
properties.   Reflections  from deeper targets will appear lower on
the graphic display.

    The  time the electromagnetic pulse takes to travel from  the
antenna to  the buried object and back to the antenna is propor-
tional to the depth  of the buried interface or object.   This time
is called two-way travel  time and is dependent on the dielectric
properties  of the media through which the pulse travels.    These
dielectric  properties  are in turn a complex function of the
composition and moisture  content of the subsurface soil and  rock
materials.   Table 2  shows the range of dielectric values,
velocities  and two-way travel times for various natural
materials.   In almost all cases,  the  moisture content has the
greatest  influence,   because  water has a very high relative
dielectric  value compared to common soils and rock. The greater
the amount  of water  saturation,  the lower the radar velocity,  as
given by:
                                  c
                          VM = ----
Accordingly, the lower the velocity,  the lower the object will
appear in the radar record.   Depth is calculated from this
velocity using:
                          cT     VmT
                     D =  ____ = ___
                                 2
where Vm = velocity  in  material
      C  = a constant,  the velocity of light (3 x 10  m/see)
     er  = relative  dielectric  constant
      T  = two-way travel  time  in nanoseconds
            (1  nanosecond  (ns) =  10    seconds)

     Depth of  penetration  is  a  function of the radar signal
attenuation within the  subsurface media.   This attenuation
consists of electrical  losses,  scattering losses and spreading
losses.   Since  spreading  losses  are inherent in the radar
systems, they   are constant and will not be considered further.
             Preceding page blank
43

-------
 2 METERS
™r  „,.,,.,,,      /l/(
MMfftl «'i'..'-
i f|ir/»TfT»I K [4. [,.  f ^. i.1^,^,,
 M^UwnriWwiww
  i .,|  ^i u - • • |. '.. i' -t  • >-••>••'




u' ,r/. :/:lh,^.'i . .Mlh .I'lill'Mi 1(l' '... I'1'
                                   'jil^'^tvFW/Vil''11.^'
                                   toV^-i^l^fte''''^^
                                   «;A^ fcte
                                                          SURFACE
                                                           FINE
                                                          -QUARTZ
                                                           SAND
                                                           CLAY
                                                           LOAM
    Figure 23.  Radar  record  showing  irregular  clay  horizon.

Electrical and scattering  losses,  however,  are   highly dependent
on site conditions.

     The primary  factors  controlling  electrical attenuation of
radar are the electrical  conductivity of  the soil/rock system
and the radar frequency.   An  increase in  either subsurface
conductivity or the  radar  frequency will  result in greater
attenuation of the radar signal.   The frequency of the radar
may be varied by  changing  antennas.   Unfortunately,  the conduc-
tivity of the subsurface cannot be varied.   High conductivities
due to dissolved  salts  from natural  sources or  contamination
will cause strong attenuation of the  radar  signal.

     An increase  in  the water content of  dry soil  or rock can
also increase its  electrical  conductivity greatly.   Similarily,
an increase in clay  content will usually  increase  conductivity.
However,  water or clay  content  alone  will not always seriously
degrade radar performance.  Experience has  shown that penetra-
tions of more than ten  meters can  be  obtained in water-saturated
sands where conductivity is low.   Furthermore,  the radar method
has been used to  profile bottom and  sediment conditions through
ice and fresh water.
                                   44

-------
 TABLE 2.
APPROXIMATE  CONDUCTIVITIES,  DIELECTRIC  CONSTANTS, AND  TRAVEL
 TIME FOR VARIOUS  EARTH MATERIALS (Modified from
         Geophysical  Survey Systems,  Inc.)
Material
Approximate Conductivity
      Q(mho/m)
Approximate Dielectric
  Constant, e r
   Two-way Travel Time
   Nanoseconds/Meter
(one nanosecond = 10~9sec)
Air
Fresh Water
Fresh Water Ice
Permafrost
Granite
Dry Sand
Sand, Saturated
(Fresh Water)
Silt, Saturated
(Fresh Water)
Clay, Saturated
(Freshwater)
Average "Dirt"
0
10~4 to 3 x 10"2
10-4 to 10~2
10~5 to 10~2
10~9 to 10"3
10~7 to 10~3
1CT4 to 10~2
10~3 to 10~2
10 -1 to 1
10-4 to 10~2
1
81
4
4 to 11
5.6 to 8
4 to 6
30
10
8 to 25
16
6.6
59
13
13 to 15
18.7
13 to 16
36
21
18.6 to 23
23 to 30

-------
     Resolution of  the  radar profile can be increased by  increas-
ing the frequency of the radar.   A change in frequency is
accomplished by  selecting the appropriate  antenna;  antennas of
higher frequency and shorter wavelength  (500  to 900  MHz)
provide resolution  of a  few  centimeters,  but are unable to
penetrate the ground very far,  due to increased losses at these
higher frequencies.  Lower-frequency antennas  (80  to 125 MHz)
are capable of working  to  greater depths and of operating in
poor soil conditions, but  lack the resolution to define features
smaller than about  one meter in  size.

     Radar reflections  from  a single interface generally  result
in a set of multiple black bands on the graphic display (see
Figure 24) .   This  type  of  response is inherent in the impulse
method.   Generally  the  location  of an interface is picked at one
of the white lines  between the black bands.   Occasionally,  these
multiple bands can  obscure information if two interfaces are
close together.    If necessary, special processing techniques
originally developed for  seismic exploration can be employed to
help alleviate this problem  (see processing section).


Factors to be Considered  for Field Use

     During field  operations,  the radar system electronics  are
usually mounted in  a van or  other suitable  vehicle,  with  the
antenna towed behind  (Figure  25).   Vehicle-mounted or towed
configurations can  be used to acquire data  at  speeds up to  8 KPH.
These speeds may be used  for reconnaissance surveys, where  sub-
surface details are not of interest.   This permits much larger
areas to be covered in  relatively shorter periods  of time.
If there are access problems,  the antenna may also be hand-towed
over the site (Figure 26) .   With cable of sufficient length,
the electronics may be  located up to 300 meters from the antenna.

     If necessary,  extremely high lateral resolution may be
obtained by slowly  towing the antenna by hand across the site.
Speeds as slow as  0.5 km/h are commonly  used:   This allows  a
greater number of  radar  signals  to be transmitted and received
per unit distance.  At  a  traverse speed of 1 km/h, radar
sampling density may yield up to 187 samples/meter (at 1 mi/h,
35 samples per foot).

    In operation an appropriate  time window (range)  of the
system is selected.  The  range is measured in units of nano-
seconds  (1  nanosecond  =  10 9 seconds) .  An  estimate of the
radar wave's travel  time  (velocity)  is made based upon what
is known about site conditions.   A time window is then chosen
which will usually  provide coverage to a depth which is slightly
greater than the depth of interest.
                                   46

-------
               SIGNAL
              AMPLITUDE
                      J RECORDER PRINT

                      jTHRESHOLDS
 HORIZONTAL
 TRAVEL	
                        TRANSMITTED PULSE
                             SURFACE
                             INTERFACE.
                              SIGNAL
            SKETCH OF A SINGLE
            PULSE AND REFLECTIONS
            AS SEEN BY THE RECEIVER
2 ) EXAMPLE OF PROFILE INFORMATION
  AS DISPLAYED BY THE
  GRAPHIC RECORDER
Figure 24.   Example  of single  radar waveform  and resulting
             graphic  record.    (from Geophysical Survey
             System,  Inc.  Manual).

    Project requirements  and site  conditions  will dictate which
antenna will  be used.   Generally  the requirement for attaining
adequate  penetration  depth will be  the major  factor in
determining the appropriate  antenna.    Once adequate radar
penetration is achieved,  the resolution requirements may
then be  considered.   Generally results obtained with 250-500
MHz antennas  are excellent for delineation of  soil  horizons,
soil/rock  surfaces,  soil  piping,   buried trenches and other
shallow and smaller targets.   Attenuation caused by subsurface
conditions  may require the use of  lower-frequency antennas.
In these  cases, the  80 MHz-125 MHz  frequency  antennas can
be used at  the expense of some resolution.
                                      47

-------

-------
    Field operations  are  normally conducted using a single
antenna structure  which contains both transmitter and  receiver
(monostatic  mode).

    Multiple antennas may be  deployed side by side to  cover a
greater area with  one pass.   Two antennas of different
frequencies may  be used to provide optimum benefits from  low
and high  frequencies.   In another configuration, two antennas
may  be used in  the bistatic  mode,  one being used as the
transmitter and  the other as  the receiver.   This method can
often minimize unwanted surface  noise and can be used  to  detect
small vertical fractures.   While many optional  configurations
are possible to  help solve particular site problems, the  use
of a single antenna (as in Figures 25 and 26) is the most
common and cost-effective approach to most HWS problems.

Quality Control
    The radar system measures two-way travel time from the
transmitter antenna to  a  reflecting surface and back to the
receiver antenna.   Calibration of the radar system and data
requires a two-step process:

     o  First, the total  time window (range)  set by the
        operator must be  accurately determined.

     o  Second,   the electromagnetic velocity  (travel time)  of
        the local  soil/rock condition must be determined.

After completing these  two  steps,  the radar data may then be
calibrated for depths to  particular features.

     The time window (range)  which has been picked for the
survey is calibrated by use of a pulse generator in the field.
This generator is  used  to produce a series of time marks on the
graphic display,  measured in  nanoseconds.   These pulses are
counted to determine  the  total time range of the radar (see
Figure 27) .   A calibration curve can be made up for each  radar
system.

     In order to precisely relate travel time to actual depth
units,  the velocity (or two-way  travel time per unit distance)
must be determined for  the particular soil or rock found at the
site.   Table 2 shows  that a wide range of two-way travel times
occurs for natural  materials,   ranging from 6 to 40 nanoseconds
per meter (ns/m).

     Various levels  of  accuracy  in determining travel  time can
be used.   These  may range from first order estimates to
precisely measured on-site  values.   Often, accurate depth
determination may  be  relatively  unimportant,  and only  the
relative spatial changes  may  be  of  interest.   A practical

                                   49

-------
Ul
o


-------
first approximation  is  to use  15 ns/meter  (5 ns/ft.) in clean,
dry, unsaturated  soils  and 30 ns/meter (10 ns/ft.) in silty,
clayey and saturated soils.   These two numbers are easy to
remember and  lend themselves  to quick mental calculations.
More refined  estimates  can be made if necessary,  as one gains
experience at a site.

     Using the  depth of a known target  (trenches, drilling
logs, road cuts or buried pipes/road culverts can provide a
radar target  of known depth), a radar record taken over the
known target,  and a  time scale provided by  the pulse generator
will provide  information  as shown  in Figure 22.    From these
data a two-way  travel time can be accurately determined at  the
given target  location.     While this approach may give accurate
calibration at the specific site,  the assumption must be made
that conditions in other areas to be surveyed are the same  as
in  the calibration areas.   If they are not,  errors will occur
in  determining depths.

     If significant  changes in soil type or moisture content
occur with depth,  travel  time will not be the same throughout
the vertical  radar profile,  and the vertical radar depth scale
may be non-linear.   Such a condition is common,  and occurs
whenever an unsaturated zone  exists over a saturated zone.

Noise
     Sources  of unwanted noise which can degrade radar data can
be grouped as follows:

      1)  System noise;
      2)  Overhead reflections due  to power lines,  trees,  etc.
          (unshielded antennas only);
      3)  Noise due to surface factors such as ditches,  metal,
         etc.  ;
      4)  Noise due to natural subsurface features or buried
         trash;
      5)  External electromagnetic  noise from radio transmitters.

      Of these factors,  system noise is the most  common problem.
Steady-state  noise may  be introduced by improper  cable placement.
Locating antennas  too close to the metal vehicle  from which they
are towed will also cause noise problems.    (Such noise can  be
minimized,  but not always eliminated,  by system adjustments.)

     Lower-frequency antennas are  not shielded on their top
surfaces  and,  therefore,  receive  radar reflections from overhead
objects such  as tree branches,  power lines,  and buildings.   Such
a reflection  can  be  identified by an experienced operator by
means of the  characteristic signal associated with its very low
two-way travel time in  air.   Once  identified,  such signals  can he
ignored in the analysis of  the  data.

                                51

-------
          15 10
        Feet
      5   1
10  15
       ••c.'J rr,?»>-ir.-- •<-• -'•»:'
                                                               -10
                                                                   c
                                                               "
                                                               -60
                                                               -70
                                                               -80
Figure 27.
Radar profile  over  buried pipe.   This  profile was
obtained for  calibration purposes over  a  pipe of
known 10-foot  depth.   The time  calibration shows that
fifty nanoseconds were required for  the radar wave
to travel  from the  antenna to the pipe  and back to
the antenna.   This  two-way travel time  results in
an average  5  nanoseconds/foot travel time  or 0.2
feet/nanosecond velocity.
                                52

-------
     Surface  noise  may be generated by pieces of metal lying on
the ground, which can cause a reverberation or ringing of the
radar signal  throughout  the record.   While smaller objects  such
as nails  do not  ordinarily cause problems,  an object as small as
a wire  coat hanger  can create a substantial problem.   An effort
should  be made  to remove such debris from the immediate area of
the radar antenna path.

     Small topographic variations may cause some variations in
the data.   Crossing a small ditch,  for example,  can introduce a
band of noise in the  data.   Radar records acquired in areas
having  appreciable  clay  concentrations  at the surface will  often
have a  smeared or distorted appearance,  which may mask useful
information in the  data.   In addition,  some natural geologic
settings  will result  in apparent noisy data caused by scattering
from a  large  number of natural  boulders.   if radio transmitters
are in  use nearby,  their radiated signal will occasionally  cause
significant noise to  appear on  the  graphic  record.

Data Format,   Processing,  Interpretation and Presentation

   The  radar  data may be generated  in three general formats:

     1.   Individual waveforms (Figure 24);
     2.   Graphic record  (picture-like record,  Figure  23);
     3.   Data storage on magnetic tape  media.

     The  individual  radar waveforms may be observed directly on
an oscilloscope in  real  time.   Details  of the signal may he
observed  and  evaluated to select the time window (range)  and
optimize  the  radar  signal.   A graphic recorder may be used  to
print a copy  of the data in the field for quality control and
initial qualitative analysis.   This graphic format is typically
used for  final display of  the radar data.   Radar data may be
recorded  on magnetic  tape  or other  media.   These magnetic
records provide an  archive copy of  the  data,  permit the operator
to play back  data to  optimize data  quality,  and provide a
signal  input  to a computer system for processing options.

     Various  forms  of processing may be applied to radar data
to improve its interpretation or presentation.   A limited
amount of processing  may be done in real  time.   Time-variable
gain may  he applied to radar data,  so that a proper amount  of
gain is applied to  both  shallow and deep targets to improve
overall data quality.   The graphic  recorder may also be adjusted
to improve the visual  quality of the  data.   Analog filtering
of the  radar  waveforms is possible  to eliminate unwanted
high-frequency and/or  low-frequency components  (noise)  which
may obscure useful  radar data.   The horizontal and vertical
scales of  the radar data may be varied  to obtain an optimal
visual presentation of the  data.   The vertical scale of graphic
                                53

-------
data will usually  be  much less than the horizontal scale  (see
Figure  23).  At present,  real-time processing can be accom-
plished with  a  built-in microprocessor to remove  steady-state
background noise from  the  radar  profile (see Figure 28).

     Replaying  radar  data  which  has been recorded in the  field
on magnetic tape can  provide  a number of processing options:

     1.  Data may  be  played back in the same manner as described
         in real-time  processing.   The advantage  of a post-survey
         playback  is  that  various  options may be  tried to further
         optimize  the  quality of the data.
     2.  Various analog and digital filtering techniques  may be
         applied to  remove background noise, clutter,  or  steady-
         state  systems  noise.
     3.  Discrete  waveform analysis methods  may be applied  to
         extract subtle information from the data.
     4.  Computer  processing  of  the entire profile may include:
         a.   Averaged  waveforms  to enhance trends:
         b.    Deconvolution to remove multiple bands from  the
             graphic  record;
         c.    Evaluation of the data in the frequency domain.

     The process of  deconvolution  can remove the  multiple signal
which is an inherent part  of  the radar process.    Since these
multiple bands  may obscure fine  details in the graphic record,
deconvolution can  improve  resolution in the  graphic data  and
also aid an inexperienced  interpreter.

     Individual waveforms  (Figure  24)  may be analyzed via
computer in order  to  determine very subtle conditions or  details
obscured by larger amplitude  or  lower-frequency signals.    Such
details are often  lost in the graphic recorder's  output,   due
to the  resolution  and  saturation  limits  of  the recorder. In
addition,  processing  on digital  oscilloscopes or  computers  can
yield time measurements,  thereby permitting accurate determina-
tions of travel time,  or conversely,  aiding in the determination
of dielectric constants.

     Because of the  large  volume of information produced  by the
radar method, data processing procedures can be time consuming
and may require very  specialized  computers:  they therefore, are
costly .  The processed data may  not yield an amount of new
information commensurate with the  level of costs  incurred.  The
essential technical  information  can often be detected in  raw
data by an experienced professional.   Many times, processing
algorithms may  improve  data in the manner desired, but may  remove
other  information.    On the other hand, the improved appearance of
processed data  is  often useful for presentation to lay personnel
or to publications.
                                    54

-------

               fei^
               '•"L'lll j• ''Ir'l'fPHi;ill;1!1 N I'iWmira'MtfriiNii'iwihiiri'iiliJ 'Zf*^ '?*^w *.-H'.>n—»*«S.«*^— •, ^sC
               'smiwiU;,'.""-.:;,«"•"!;! ''iJiiiliili,il'Wil'iwtap' ij :!i;i'!,,;;!;!»]/.- .--^',...., ^n,^., • T^T.^ •!s;'i,;-4--;-"""^-*- •    ^^;
               Kiiwijiijihinii..^^!;;;^^^!^!^^^^!!!^^               .;.•  '  I .'•    ,'<'l."ti'.>*:l":\   •:.  :-**••::   ' '  :^»
li,mi;i>;   BEFO?^: PROCESSING   |||i||!|l',l!li||j||!i|;!j||!!l||
-	|i|;|                          - _i|||ii'!ii;:i!i!iii|i!||inii|i!iiiiii
                                Tl'MllHH':!-	||i|i':|ii;l,l
        ii";l'!p;i!!"""IMp-WiiMfl!iW
        !nili:!lHi!i!lllill!l!lli!!!i!i!i!iillilll!llii!!!ll!!:!;ii|ii|ilili!!i;;plil!!il;!li|||li||ffl
        (illii1!!:!!^1;!!!;!!:;'!!!1!!'!!!!!:';!:!!:1!1!!!!!:;;!!!!!!^!;!;^
        riiiiiiiiiiini'iiii'lil.'jijfii.,, ..... iiii:ii;.|i;..i;!'jj*; '/,';.,Vii;i,,.,.iiii'niii,.,.,.i.i..',,.ii ••«», , i., ,,,
                  !(!         ''i! . '!''   ,  • I      '         '
        l.'iii!!,1,]'!^:;!"!,.!;!!,!:!;!1!,;!;!!!!!!1^;];'!^!^!!!!^:!;!!,;;:^,!,^";"!,!;!;!!;"^
        M'''^'^-'''''^''^^!'''''^''^'''!!!1!:'':.!!^
        i:^?'l^^\i"'Vi!'il':L|!!i!!-l!^i!^i:i;Xi'l'i|i!iii«IO;!i!:i!!:!i!ii:;i|iiii;!!!i:i!ii!|iii!|i!!i!i|^
        "Ki^'i'assiii^fe
        ^'•'^''^'-'""^^'''iW'l^i'ipliiiniill^lliillliiiiiiilillili:!:!!:!.!!!!:^^
        i:;^:^^'i:'i1iHii;tii:i!i!j!llliiL':iil!l!!:!'!liiii|iiii!!!i!!il!lll|l!lilljVil!!!iiiw
        l!li!v!!!i:S!!ll!K
         liliillllllllilllllliillllillllMlllllllllljlf
        'Ivi^tfli11'!"'!'?1!!!!!!1!1'!!!!1;!!!1!!;"^
        i;1!'!!:!!:!'1^!'!":!!":!!:!!;"1!!:;;!:!;!!'!;!!!!;!;;1:;!!!!;^:;!'!!!!!!!;1;1^
        llf'!iillilll^lf!lll]l|il|||l!!i!i|»|illli!^ili|Wlli!liiJliillll!lll|ililW^
        'iliiii:iii!!l!ul!ilii'iiiiiii|'ilb:>!iiHi!ihli|iiii!lili!!ilin'il!!i!i;iili!lli!!;!;!;ii|iii'!!l!!!i;l|ji^
                                                                 AFTER PROCESSING
                                                                          /";
                                                            I                L

                                                           :      •   .     \   .

                                                          :'/>'v.'i''.
Figure  28.      Real-time   processing  eliminates   steady-state  noise
                      bands.     Care  must  be  exercised  because  valuable
                      geologic  information  may   also   be  removed.       (from
                      Geophysical  survey  systems,   Inc.)
                                                       55

-------
     The primary  reasons  for the popularity of the radar method
are its continuous  "picture-like" format, high resolution, and
spatial presentation of anomalous features.

     Radar data  is  generally interpreted visually from the
printed graphic record.   A rapid qualitative analysis can be
made in the field from this  raw  data.   The continuity of soil/
rock layers and  anomalous conditions can often be quickly
located and evaluated.  The use  of calibration procedures and
correlation to direct  data such  as drill logs will permit more
quantitative assessment of depth measurement.   Relating the
graphic data to  the  local setting can he accomplished by marking
the radar record  during the survey at regularly spaced station
marks along the traverse  route.   Variations in lateral traverse
speeds can also  be  corrected or  minimized by referring to
these station marks.   The radar  data is referenced to the
surface topography,  and the interpretation must take this into
account if the topography along  a profile line changes.

     Radar results are often presented as raw or processed
radar profiles,   as printed by the  graphic recorder.   Schematic
interpretations of these  profiles may be made if the site has a
relatively complex setting (Figure  29).   In instances where
spatial trends are important,  anomalies of interest can be
extracted from the profile data  and may be plotted on a map of
the site.   This may  be accomplished manually or by computer
processing.   For  example,  the presence of burial trenches may be
revealed by several  parallel radar profiles across a site; a plan
view of this data will show the  location and areal extent of the
trenches (See Figure 30).

 Summary

     In areas where  sufficient ground penetration is achieved,
the radar method provides  a powerful assessment tool.   Of the
geophysical methods  discussed in this document, radar offers the
highest resolution.   The  method  provides continuous spatial sam-
pling and can be  carried  out very rapidly at traverse speeds from
0.5 to 8 KPH.   Its  continuous graphic format permits rapid semi-
quantitative interpretation  for  in-field analysis.

     Radar performance is  highly site-specific.   Depth of pene-
tration is primarily dependent upon soil propert fluids which
influence electrical conductivity.   In the wide range of natural
soil/rock conditions found throughout the United States,  GPR
penetration varies from less  than a meter to more than 30 meters.
Typical maximum penetrations  at  any given site are 1 to 10
meters.
                                  56

-------
              30
          60       90      120       150
            HORIZONTAL DISTANCE IN METERS
                                                         180
    x
    'V—
    a.
    UJ
    o
                           iŁ&Mjm^pŁtto^MMp1*tt^ .,f Mo :> V,u
                            *Vi •••'.' 'vv '
                            ;|D K .i'i »'' H • •' •• V".J.,<,i ,  .._;..*!  "V ' '.«.•:..."'
-------
and basic earth sciences.   The more complex the site problem,  the
greater the amount of  training and experience  required.

Capabilities
     o  The radar method provides  continuous data along a
        traverse line, producing a picture-like display in real
        time.
     o  Traverse speeds  range  from 0.5  to 2 km/h for detailed
        studies and up to 8 km/h for lower-resolution
        reconnaissance work.
     o  The graphic record  can often be interpreted in the
        field
     o  The method provides  very high resolution from a few
        centimeters  to 1  meter,  depending upon the frequency
        used
     o  System optimization  to local site conditions can be
        accomplished by  changing antennas  (frequency);  high
        frequency provides  the best resolution; lower
        frequency provides  deeper  penetration.
     o  Approximate depths  and relative depths are easily
        established using simple assumptions and interpretation
        techniques.
     o  The method may be used in  fresh water and through ice
        to obtain profiles  of  depth and sediments.
     o  A wide variety of processing techniques may be applied
        to radar data  to aid interpretation and presentation.

Limitations
     o  Depth of penetration is very site-specific and limited
        by the electrical conductivity  of pore fluids and clay
        minerals.
     o  Depth of penetration is commonly less  than 10  meters.
        In extreme soil  conditions,  effective penetration may be
        less than 1 meter.
     o  Both the instrumentation and technique are sophisticated
        and,  therefore,  require experienced personnel  for
        operation.
     o  Interpretation of raw data may  be very difficult under
        some conditions.
     o  Semi-quantitative and  quantitative assessments  require
        considerable care to avoid numerous interpretation
        pitfalls.
     o  Processing of  data  may be  required in  some cases;
        however,  costs will  be increased,  and processing may
        remove some of the  important data.
     o  Depth calibration requires careful on-site work and if
        site conditions  change the depth calibration wil be
        affected.   Further,  the depth scale is often nonlinear.
     o  The data can be  affected by a variety of sources of
        noise.
                                  58

-------
            A


/'
vs
\ /




\ /

i
\


\ /
Tr





\ /
ench



Trem

\ /
A

Tren

h C

\ /


:h B



\ /






\






                                              /\
Figure 30.
Examples
Location and boundaries of  trenches  may be obtained
from parallel radar traverses.   Radar is often able
to detect the disturbed soil  associated with burial
sites.
Radar Assessment of  Natural  Setting
     Figure 31  is  an unprocessed radar record of a soil profile
containing three layers in a karst  area.   The radar range window,
set by the operator,   was  limited to about 3.5 meters for this
particular survey,  although  radar penetration exceeded 6 meters
in the area.   Clean  sand  on  the surface is underlain by an
organic/iron-cemented sand  (spodic)  layer which,  in turn,  is
underlain by a  clay  loam  (argillic)  horizon.   The feature in the
upper left corner  of the  record represents the edge of an ancient
                                  59

-------
                          30 meters
                Horizontal Scale
                                                                o
                                                                9
                                                                TJ
                                                                e
                                                                a
                                                             ••3
Figure 31.
Soil profile showing  two soil horizons and the edge
of a Paleo sinkhole.
sink-hole which  has  long since been filled by  the  surface sands.
No depression  or other evidence of this  sink-hole  feature was
observed at the  surface.   The significance of  this profile is
that it presents an  understanding of the  soil  structure  and
irregularities,  which will influence the  movement  of contaminants
or leachate through  the shallow ground water system.   For
example,  in the  soil section represented  here,  a  surface spill
or contaminant introduced near the right-hand  side of  the
record might be  expected to follow the clay  horizon down dip
to the left.    Pockets of contaminant material  may  be perched
in the low areas in  the clay surface.   Entering the old  sink-
hole area,  contaminants   could quickly enter the  ground water
system via a permeable recharge pathway.
                                60

-------
Bedrock/Fracture  Evaluation
     Figure  32  is a radar profile showing  a  soil profile overlying
granite bedrock.   The soil/rock interface  is  revealed,  as well as
the zone of  weathered rock.   Fractures within the bedrock may also
be located,  as  a  consequence of increased  moisture and clay
content relative  to the  massive granite.    Such fractures can
permit the rapid  migration of contaminating  fluids into the
ground water system.   (Radar penetration  can  be substantial--ten
to thirty meters--in massive dry igneous rocks.)

Location of  Trenches
     Figure  33  is a radar profile which  was  run perpendicular to a
long burial  trench known to contain steel  drums.   The trench
boundaries can be  seen in the radar data.  Multiple parallel
passes across the  trench provided data for mapping the trench
boundaries.   While  radar could,  in  fact, detect a single 55-gallon
drum by itself, no discrete drums can be identified in this
particular profile.
                                       Rock  Outcrop
        Soil -
   Zone of
   Weathered
   Rock
                                                           -2
   o
   to
-3 "2.
                                                              3
                                                              CD
                                                           -4  ;?
                                                           -6
                 5 meters
        Horizontal Scale
Figure 32.    Radar  profile of granite outcrop  showing fracture
             zones.
                                61

-------
                               TRENCH

                                                      —  I
                                                             CO
                                                             0>
                                                            J=
                                                            "a.
                                                            o
                                                      — 2
Figure 33.   Example of radar  traverse  over trench.
                                   62

-------
                           SECTION V

                     ELECTROMAGNETIC  (EM)*
Introduction

     The electromagnetic  (EM)  method provides a means of
measuring the electrical  conductivity of subsurface soil,
rock and ground water.   Electrical conductivity is a  function
of the type of soil and rock,  its porosity, its permeability
and the fluids which  fill  the  pore space.   In most cases  the
conductivity (specific conductance)  of the pore fluids will.
dominate the measurement.   Accordingly,  the EM method is
applicable  both to assessment  of  natural,  geohydrologic
conditions and to mapping of many types of contaminant plumes.
Additionally,  trench  boundaries,  buried wastes and drums,
as well as metallic utility lines can be located with FM
techniques .

     Natural variations  in subsurface conductivity may be
caused by changes in  soil moisture content, ground water
specific conductance,  depth of soil cover over rock, and
thickness of soil and  rock layers.   Changes in basic soil or
rock types,  and structural features such as fractures or
 *The term  electromagnetic  has  been used in contemporary
  literature as  a  descriptive  term for other geophysical methods,
  including GPR  and  metal detectors which are based on
  electromagnetic principles.   However,  this document will use
  electromagnetic  (EM)  to specifically imply the measurement of
  subsurface conductivities  by low-frequency electromagnetic
  induction.  This is  in keeping with the traditional use of the
  term in the geophysical industry from  which the EM methods
  originated.   While  the authors recognize that there are many
  electromagnetic systems and manufacturers,  the discussion in
  this section is  based solely  on instruments which are
  calibrated to  read  in electrical conductivity units and
  which have been  effectively  and extensively used at hazardous
  waste sites.  There  is only one manufacturer of such instruments
  at the time of this writing.
                              63

-------
voids may also produce  changes  in conductivity.   Localized deposits
of natural organics, clay,  sand,  gravel,  or saltrich zones will
also affect  subsurface  conductivity.

     Many contaminants  will  produce an increase in free ion
concentration when  introduced  into the soil or ground water
systems.   This increase over background conductivity enables
detection and mapping of contaminated soil and ground water at
HWS,  landfills and  impoundments.   Large amounts of organic fluids
such as diesel fuel  can displace  the normal soil moisture,  causing
a decrease in conductivity which  may also be mapped,  although
this is not  commonly done.   The mapping of a plume will usually
define the local  flow direction of contaminants.   Contaminant
migration rates can  be  established by comparing measurements
taken at different times.

     The absolute values of  conductivity for geologic materials
(and contaminants) are  not necessarily diagnostic in themselves,
but the variations in conductivity,  laterally and with depth, are
significant.   It  is  these variations which enable the investigator
to rapidly find anomalous conditions.

     Since the EM method does  not require ground contact,
measurements may be made  quite  rapidly.   Lateral,  variations in
conductivity can be  detected and  mapped by a field technique
called profiling.    Profiling measurements may be made to depths
ranging from 0.75 to 60  meters.   Instrumentation and field
procedures have been developed  recently which make it possible to
obtain continuous EM profiling  data to a depth of 15  meters.   The
data is recorded using  strip chart and magnetic tape recorders.
This continuous measurement  allows increased rates of data
acquisition  and improved resolution for mapping small geohydrologic
features.   Further,   recorded data enhanced by computer processing
has proved invaluable in the evaluation of complex hazardous
waste sites.   The excellent  lateral resolution obtained from EM
profiling data has been used to advantage in efforts to outline
closely-spaced burial pits,  to reveal the migration of contaminants
into the surrounding soil, or to  delineate fracture patterns.

     Vertical variations  in  conductivity can also be detected by
the EM method.   A station measurement technique called sounding
is employed  for this purpose.   Data can  be  acquired  rom depths
ranging from 0.75 to 60  meters.   This range of depth is achieved
by combining results from a  variety of EM instruments,  each
requiring different  field application techniques.   Other EM
systems are  capable of  sounding to depths of 1000 feet  or more,
but have not yet been used at  HWS and are not adaptable to
continuous measurements.
                                 64

-------
   Profiling is  the  most  cost-effective use of the EM  method.
Continuous profiling can  be  used in many applications to
increase  resolution,  data density and permit total site
coverage  at critical sites.

     At HWS,  applications of EM  can provide:
     o  Assessment of  natural geohydrologic conditions;
     o  Locating and mapping of  burial trenches and pits
        containing drums  and/or  bulk wastes;
     o  Locating and mapping of  plume boundaries;
     o  Determination  of  flow direction in both unsaturated
        and saturated  zones;
     o  Rate of  plume  movement by comparing measurements taken
        at different times;
     o  Locating and mapping of  utility pipes and cables which
        may affect other  geophysical measurements,  or whose
        trench may provide a permeable pathway for contaminant
        flow.
Principles and Equipment

     Although there is available  a  wide  variety of EM equipment,
most of it is intended for  geophysical exploration of mineral
deposits.   These units have not  been used at HWS and do not
provide a simple conductivity reading.   This document discusses
only those instruments which are  designed and calibrated to read
directly in units of conductivity.

     The basic principle  of operation of the electromagnetic
method is shown in Figure 34.   The  transmitter coil radiates an
electromagnetic field which induces eddy currents in the earth
below the instrument. Each  of these eddy current loops,  in turn,
generates a secondary electromagnetic field which is propor-
tional to the magnitude of  the  current  flowing within that
loop.   A part of the secondary  magnetic  field from each loop
is intercepted by the receiver  coil and  produces an output
voltage which (within limits) is  linearly related to subsurface
conductivity.   This reading is  a  bulk measurement of conduc-
tivity; the cumulative response  to  subsurface conditions
ranging all the way from  the surface to  the effective depth of
the instrument.

     The sampling depth of  EM equipment  is related to the
instrument's   coil  spacing.  Instruments with coil spacings of
1, 4,  10,  20 and 40 meters  are  commercially available:   Figures
35, 36,  37 and 38 show several  EM units  and field configurations.
The nominal sampling depth  of an  EM system is taken to be
approximately 1.5 times the  coil  spacing.   Accordingly,  the
                                65

-------
                                                         Chart and
                                                         Mag Tape
                                                         Recorders
                    INDUCED
                    CURRENT
                     LOOPS
                                                               Coil
 SECONDARY FIELDS
FROM CURRENT LOOPS
    SENSED BY
   RECEIVER COIL
Figure  34.   Block diagram showing  EM principle of operations
                                       66

-------
         CD
         U)

         Ul
OT  t)
    •8-
     "   tr
         (D
    ;#ni? *~^j?'*) ii sir! V lifc^ ^'V^ • •-,


                     Ifa :il?'"2|8~i;:  "rfSiWf * Zv w? -  .- *'
                              ^ij^yflji'Sj _ y?ŁC5 ;:? *# ;? .^"if rt "j-^v^tl? i'fc L '.^V v ":? f€ ;&_ W;;|-i'^i?*

                     •j|f-:"?-^;;.^^ ^f^-^'-.-i'.^!.'-""'-^"^ -'-•'":' -'j. '-'.'.. :  ^ '•" *•''". .*.. *''j   %f  >?;j-vTsh^.T7 "-•"..? -*4>1'- ^   "  °*>= :°^ ^'-^s':. -:.-«•«?'-'."' "."--A-/.;

                     1-t^ j- !-J-iSCflHv.-."":''*-i..:V\ .Vjiv."-j.i..-^'T  '.= -• •: ••'-'.'; 'V-'-^seK / ;. - '->- ."»        J.iP *f.l,.v^s.vr  ^. .,>-*. r"-^ ""J.1 •".Af?«-  fi: -M. ^° "%rT" ^ ^.,s j\'l-=j" *""^,"V^-^?V '   .-fl?        '•?>" '"''••'•  }'-""'•        -    *s»ii--r:"J"    ••---/  '*  *•=-§' -•"""•"-'- ,> <•.-«•""= "."•Ł ....-.-^ =




pj s,^K^O.Vl'^i"-'"' *•"'==&• :/^'" •"-" "^w  ../?-"* :^:*""i-:*'":*|:.''* ..  ,.  Jf Ł'. -a.s *'  I  ."  .      :.'**''•..             S.    _f"  :.,V"-"..s. --..J -  "-";,-',;.-*;..=•< *""_







Ł"i. "•XfV'?-<"' ":«"=.'•;;•' v":"-s- ^.-":"  ',   '""^  -."-"!;»•""-?" '-.---"'".""^  i*:™  ^"r- --vr.'-V" .-;f;:T-T^.i»-.'-."-- ^-.."T™"-^-*..sis-Z"''*. .•"-'-"• .t-V •"•Ł  • =' :;-  =' *-  '*»•*.""   :*jxx ,. '-'"-.=
Sy*-;.:iC*  .^--.-...i^' --'• V  v  "-- '--" "-\*  .,-"."-1.5 '=-'" **:• .'-.--V-"=J  i*v»  r^'T  ; *'  ,\-~'  *."'',  .• '--• -"l.*'''^;".™""""   y ='"..  ^ -.•' -^ !  '•""'"' :•?" .." ==        -,-.   A














Ł-V=v-.. *>4 -s--" -h"I-----4"-h-/r  "-C ^-v"-- . .-"•"""" - .*Xt":">-:""-':. • "*" ="-. ';"">- f~*.-:h  '"  ''"''-?.?'     •?*•'; •"-"" .'-"•",:-"•' -'"-•'    -  ••.""•"""'  ".•".-"            ."": "

-------
        (D


        00
 O  U  CO
 Ł1)  (D  lU1
 1 )
3
    |    '
LQ  &J
  1  i-*  	

 ^Ł  i
 CD  CD
 O  "  CO
 O     ^
 ^      CO
 PJ oo  rt
 CD      (D
 ^  rr  3
    O

Q     *-•
 t-1 
-------


-------
o
                                 f r .^L/^W^ ?<:^W."?'rr^>*sw':i^ ;•      -   - -*-""•;.--- —* -.—
                                 >.#!*^o:<>^                              -.-.  •  Ł?Ł••:   ,-•"  • ;-,
                                  ^ '     v >' *v <  ^  0.^ ? M i i^ h i \ * W1 » '  (^LvV-- ,' ' ,C,   ''.'s *„ L'   it      .^   ' >• >„>-" ,, " j <,  -i  ' * i '  ,  V
                                ^^«\i ;^-/^''-f::'-C;^^^:.v'C^/---vV:J>.   •>;•  -:<-vT^'-'   ' •   '*«'',


                       ^^Ml^^


                  •/-V}/"^'-/;;.'";'^*'--'^"7'' ;';r^^^i,.' " ';;''V-.'-' .-"''•'••v-''/ //  \ -;'-;V^-rt "v,\v- -f">:-

                  ^>V.:|X^V:^,^^;- '"^VlV- -5,;'.^-0 t"- ;i:V- ,-:;K^   "' \.iJf.^^'-1''  <  **:!-'l

                  'Xf-%^y^fC--Hi:V^^                                             'r'ckv"';-:V' .'•  •   "!
v^^ »^\ ; n ^ ?   i if „• "*


1,     "   =  ,^5t

y"*1   ^   , <* ^J
                                                                                                     '..-1
     ^••^^-^A^ ;V^;
     b1^- "^-"' ^  's „
     V--1 -^1 A ,   ^ >- J~ -^
     t   1   , " Mvl* w


     ' j»' • ;-i» -;•;: <
     **.•,. r •

                                                                - »t'n «• _ »»'. ^ , _ ,-


                                                                  '•~l,*,. • "'»y»'I»i»'
                   .  38.   T

-------
nominal depth of  response  for the coil spacings given above  is
1.5, 6, 15,  30  and  60  meters.

     The  conductivity  value resulting from an EM  instrument
is  a composite,  and represents the combined effects of the
thickness  of soil or rock  layers, their depths, and the  specific
conductivities of the  materials.   The instrument  reading
represents  the  combination of these effects, extending from  the
surface to  the  arbitrary depth range of the instrument.    The
resulting  values  are influenced more strongly by  shallow
materials than by deeper layers,  and this must be taken  into
consideration when  interpreting the data.   Conductivity
conditions  from  the surface to the instrument's nominal  depth
range  contribute  about 75% of the instrument's response.
However,   contributions from highly conductive materials  lying
at  greater  depths may  have a significant effect on the reading.

     EM instruments are calibrated to read subsurface conduc-
tivity in millimhos  per meter (mm/m).   These units are related
to  resistivity units in the following manner:

             1000/(millimhos/meter)  =  1 ohm-meter
             1000/(millimhos/meter)  =  3.28 ohm-feet
                1   millimho/meter  =  1 siemen

     The  advantage  of  using millimhos/meter is that the  common
range  of  resistivities from 1 to 1000 ohm-meters is covered by
the range  of conductivities from 1000 to 1 millimhos/meter.
This makes  conversion  of units relatively  easy.

     Most soil and  rock minerals,  when dry, have very low
conductivities  (Figure  39).   On rare occasions, conductive
minerals like magnetite, graphite and pyrite occur in sufficient
concentrations to greatly  increase natural subsurface
conductivity.   Most often, conductivity is overwhelmingly
influenced  by water content and the following soil/rock
parameters:

     o  The porosity and permeability of the material;
     o  The extent  to  which the pore space is saturated;
     o  The concentration  of dissolved electrolytes and  colloids
        in  the pore  fluids;
     o  The temperature and phase state (i.e.,  liquid or  ice) of
        the pore water.

A unique  conductivity  value cannot be assigned to a particular
material,  because the  interrelationships of soil composition,
structure and pore  fluids  are highly variable in nature.
                                  71

-------
                                          Conductivity (millimhos/meter)
10'
10'
10'
10
                                                                  1
                                                                       ic
                                                                 2
                                                                      ic
                                                                                >-3
ISJ
Cloy and  Marl
Loam
Top  Soil
Clayey Soils
Sandy  Soils
Loose  Sands
River Sand and Gravel
Glacial  Till
Chalk
Limestones
Sandstones
Basalt
Crystalline  Rocks
////////


V / / /]



7/71


LjLA

\r/ / A



////////

////// A

///////////I

\r / / / /




(////// /I
, , , 1

V /////////.


V / /




/// /////////
         Figure  3^.  Ranqo of oloct.riral  conduct- i vi t i os  in  nahnrnl soil and rock.
                    ( Mod i f i of! n f tor C.\\ 1 1 cy of  n 1 . )

-------
      In  areas  surrounding  HWS,  contaminants may escape into  the
soil  and the ground water  system.   In many cases, these  fluids
contribute  large  amounts of electrolytes and colloids to both the
unsaturated and saturated  zones.   In either case, the ground
conductivity may  be greatly affected,  sometimes increasing by one
to three orders of magnitude above background values.  However,  if
the natural variations  in  subsurface  conductivity are very low,
contaminant plumes of only 10 to 20 percent above background may
be mapped.

    In the  case of  spills  involving heavy non-polar, organic
fluids such as diesel oil,  the normal soil moisture may be
displaced,  or a sizeable pool of oil  may develop at  the water
table.   In  these  cases,  subsurface conductivities may decrease
causing a negative EM anomaly.    (A negative anomaly  will occur
only  if  substantial quantities of non-conductive contaminants
are present.)

Factors To Be Considered for Field Use

      Profiling --is accomplished by making fixed-depth FM
measurements along a traverse line (see  Figure  40).   Profiling
data  has traditionally  been obtained  from discrete station
measurements along the  traverse line  (see Figure 37); recently,
continuous data has been collected at depths  up to 15 meters with
a truck-mounted system  (see  Figure  38).

      Profiling provides an effective  means of mapping lateral
changes in  subsurface conditions  and  is  the primary EM field
technique.   The continuity of the information obtained is
invaluable  in resolving details of complex subsurface features
along traverse lines.

      Two examples of  profiling data are  shown  in  Figure  41.
The first profile (a) shows data plotted from a field log-the
station interval  was 30 meters.   The  second (b) shows the same
survey line, continuously  recorded.   It can be seen  that the
continuously-recorded data  provides a more accurate  represen-
tation of local variations.

     Sounding - -is accomplished by making conductivity measure-
ments to various  depths at  a given location (see Figure 42).
EM soundings will provide  information on major vertical changes
related to natural conditions or  contamination.   The method is
generally limited to  resolving 2 or  3  soil/rock layers.  As
soundings are always accomplished by  using station measurements,
more  field time and quantitative  analysis of  the data is required
than with the profiling method.

     A number of  different  field techniques can be used to obtain
sounding  information.   Within its depth limitation,  a single EM
instrument can be used for  soundings.   Simple qualitative

                                73

-------
   Station
   Measurement
 B
                       Continuous
                      Measurement
                                                        \
                          Surface
                                         Sampled Volume .
                                       L	/  /   /   /   /
Figure  40.  Continuous KM measurement (A)
           limited station  measurements
provides  greater resolution than

-------
(A)
                                     STATION
                                  MEASUREMENTS
(B)
                                   CONTINUOUS
                                  MEASUREMENTS
         DISCRETE SAMPLING VS  CONTINUOUS MEASUREMENTS
  Figure 41.
Continuous EM measurement  provides qreater resolution than
limited station measurements.

-------
                             60 meters
Figure 42.
EM soundings  are  obtained by discrete station
measurements.   Maximum  depth is dependent upon coil
spacing and orientation  selected.    (for  clarity
only three depths shown).
                                76

-------
information  can  be  rapidly obtained with a  single  instrument  by
reorienting  the  coils  90  degrees.   Another  instrument  (Figure  36)
enables  sounding information to be obtained by changing  coil
spacing  and  orientation.   Additional information can he  obtained
by combining sounding  data from several EM  instruments having
different depth  ranges.

     EM  instruments  are calibrated by the manufacturer to
measure  the  absolute conductivity over a uniform section of
earth;  however,  the earth is rarely uniform.  For  example,  in
a layered earth,   each  layer may have a different conductivity;
the resulting instrument  reading will be some intermediate  value
depending on the thickness of each of the layers,  their  depths,
and the  specific conductivities of the individual  materials.
The instrument reading is then the result of the cumulative
contributions of all the  layers from the surface to the  depth
range  of the instrument.  A  strict solution for this  function
would  require knowledge of the thicknesses of the  layers and
their  respective conductivities.   Hence,  a  unique  interpretation
of subsurface  conditions  generally cannot be obtained  from  EM
sounding data alone;  it must be supported by drilling data  or
other  geologic information.

     Generally,  the most  cost-effective approach is to use
profiling to locate anomalous features.   Subsequent analysis,
using  soundings  at selected areas,  can assist in a semi-
quantitative  depth evaluation of anomalies and background
conditions.

   When  planning an  investigation,  careful  consideration
should be given  to the selection of an EM system to match
site requirements.   Some  factors which will influence  survey
planning are:

       o   Basic  objective(s)  of the survey;
       o   Total  area to be covered;
       o   Depth(s) of  profile data  needed;
       o   Site coverage density and resolution requirements;
       o   Sounding  requirements;
       o   Computer processing requirements;
       o   Site access:
       o   Possible cultural interferences which may inhibit
          or restrict  results.

     Final choice of the  system(s)  to be used will be most
dependent on depth and resolution requirements.   For example,  to
detect a plume from a  landfill in a shallow (less  than 6  meters)
aquifer,  the continuous "6-meter-depth"  EM system  would be ideal,
offering both the correct depth range and high resolution in  the
profiling mode.    Generally,  spatial coverage using parallel lines
spaced at 15 to  30 meters or more has been adequate for  most
landfill evaluations where continuous profiles are possible.

                                77

-------
Quality Control
     EM instruments  are  calibrated over a massive rock outcrop
used as a  geologic  "standard"  by the manufacturer.   After
calibration,  the  instruments will generally retain their accuracy
for long periods.   However,  a secondary standard area should be
established by the  user  for  periodic recalibration.   On large
projects a local  standard  site may be established in the field.
This will  provide a reference base station,  to check "drift" in
the instrument's  performance and to permit correlation between
instruments.

     While precision (repeatability)  can be easily checked  simply
by comparing  the  instrument  to a standard site, accuracy
(closeness to the truth)  is  much more difficult to establish and
maintain.

     EM instruments  are  often used to obtain relative measure-
ments.   For these applications,  maintenance of absolute accuracy
is not critical;  however,  the precision of the instrument can be
important.   For example,   in  the initial mapping of the spatial
extent of  a contaminant plume,  a moderate level of precision is
necessary.   If  the  same  site  is  to be resurveyed annually  to
detect small  changes in  plume growth and movement,  a very high
level of precision  is necessary.   If the objective of the survey
is to obtain  quantitative  results from the EM data,  for
correlation to  other measurable  parameters  (e.g.,  specific
conductance),  the accuracy of  the measurement  becomes critical.
Under these conditions,  proper steps should be taken to assure
good instrument calibration.   This is particularly important
when performing surveys  in areas of low conductivity, where the
accuracy error can be significant.

     The dynamic  range of  EM instruments varies from 1 to 1000
mm/m.   At  the lower  conductivties,  near 1 mm/m and less,  it is
difficult  to  induce  sufficient current in the  ground to produce
a detectable  response, hence readings may become unreliable.
At conductivity values greater than about 100  mm/m,  the received
signal is  no  longer linearly proportional to subsurface conduc-
tivites,  and  corrections must  he applied to  the data,  if it
is to be used for quantitative purposes.

Noise
     EM systems are  susceptible to signal interference from a
variety of sources,  originating both above the ground and below.
Electromagnetic noise may  be caused by nearby  power  lines,
powerful  radio transmitters,   and atmospheric conditions.   At some
sites shallow EM  surveys  can be carried out in the immediate
vicinity of power lines; at  others,  conditions may be so bad that
measurements  are  impossible.   Generally,  deeper measurements
using larger  coil spacings will be more susceptible  to noise than
shallower  measurements.    In  addition to other forms of electro-

                               78

-------
magnetic noise,  instrument responses from subsurface  or  surface
metal may make  it  difficult to obtain a valid measurement.   For
instance, piles  of drums,  nearby vehicles,   fences  or  railroad
tracks  can  act  as  targets  and produce an unwanted  response.
Within  a range  of  1.5  to 2 times the coil spacing,  these  large
items may influence  the  data.   Small items of metallic trash
usually create no  problem.   Buried pipes and cables will  cause
very large  EM anomalies.   However,  because of their
characteristic  response,  they can be recognized, and  then either
ignored or  filtered  out  of the data.   Unfortunately,  near such
buried  objects,  important  information of lesser magnitude  is
often lost.

     EM surveys  have been  successfully carried out  in scrap  iron
yards over  construction  debris fill.   The acquisition of  a large
amount  of data  by  station  measurements and continuous measure-
ments,   and  the  use of special field techniques and computer
processing  permitted the location and delineation  of  contaminated
ground  waters.   While  the  total effort was time-consuming  and
costly, useful  results were obtained under extremely  difficult
conditions.

Data Format,  Processing,  Interpretation and Presentation

     EM data  can be  recorded in the field in several  formats:
     o  Field  notebooks;
     o  Strip  chart  records;
     o  Magnetic tape.

     EM system  output,  whether profiling or sounding,  may  be
taken directly  from  the  instrument  and recorded in a  field log.
Continuous  profile data  must be recorded on a strip chart
recorder or on magnetic  media.  When recorders are  used some  means
of noting survey marks  and comments must be provided.

     Corrections may be  applied to  EM data for:
     o  Accuracy (calibration);
     o  Drift  (precision);
     o  Spatial  variations (due to  changes in speed while
        recording  continuous data);
     o  Scale  changes  (necessary to provide adequate
        resolution);
     o  Nonlinearities  (associated  with high conductivity
        values).

These corrections  may  be applied manually or by computer;
however, raw uncorrected data may be adequate for  a given
problem.
                                79

-------
      Profiling  Data--A simple profile line may be drawn from
station  field  data  (Figure  41A)  or a raw strip chart record may
be used  (Figure 41B) .   EM profile data are commonly acquired  from
a series of  parallel  traverses across the site and recorded in
the strip chart or  magnetic  tape  format.   Because of the large
quantity produced,  the data usually must be handled by computer.
The data may be presented as single profile lines, stacked pro-
file  lines,   as  a  three-dimensional,  composite view of the data
set,  or  as an  isopleth  map.   Examples of these different formats
are given in Figures 43,  44,  and  45.   These figures represent
changes  in subsurface  conductivities due to varying amounts of
soil  moisture  related  to  fractured bedrock.   Major trends can be
located  in the  series  of  stacked  profile lines (Figure 43).
Trends and other  details  ae  often better understood through the
use of a three-dimensional  perspective plot of the data (Figure
44) .   This format gives the  viewer a complete graphic picture of
the data at  a glance.   The  isopleth plot (Figure 45)  presents
these features  in a manner  which facilitates accurate location
and determination of size.

      Besides handling  large  amounts of data and creating the
presentation shown  above,   computer processing can be applied
to achieve a variety of results.   For example, filtering may
be applied to  remove  small  unwanted spatial features in order
to emphasize the  major characteristics of the plume.    In addition,
cultural noise  from buried  pipes  or cables can be removed from
the data to  clean up the  presentation.   Subtle features which
might otherwise have been overlooked have been enhanced and
identified by  processing.

     Although  computer  processing is generally applied to
continuous profile  data acquired  on strip charts or magnetic
tape,  it is  also  applicable to high-density discrete station
measurements.

      The most  common use  of  profile data is to locate anomalous
conditions.   The  spatial  relationships of relative values are
noted, enabling the user  to  locate and follow trends over the
site  (see Figures 43,  44  and 45).   Drilling sites or other
measurements may then  be  precisely located.   Two profile lines,
run at different effective depths,  will provide semi-quantitative
information  on  the  relative  conductivities of shallow and deeper
layers.   Such  information is invaluable in assessing the three-
dimensional  nature  of  site  conditions.   Contour plots can be
used  to  accurately  determine the  spatial extent and direction
of flow, as  well  as to make an estimate of the magnitude of
contamination.    In  addition,  if complete sets of data are
obtained on  two different occasions,  the rate of movement can
be established  by direct  in-situ  measurement.
                                80

-------
                             SOUTH
          i    i   i    i   i
                               i    i   i    i   i    i   i    i
                                   I   I   I    I
          I    I   I    I   I   I    L   I   I   I    I   I    I   I    I
          i    i   t    i   i
                                      i   i    i   i    i   i    i
                                      I   I    I   I    I   I   t
                 ill!
                             1400'
                             NORTH
Figure 43.   Eleven parallel,  continuously recorded EM profiles.
            This format  shows  the extreme variability of con-
            ductivity values  across  the site and locates fracture
            trends in underlying  rock.
                                81

-------
             SOUTH
Figure 44.   Three-dimensional perspective  computer plot of
            EM data shown in Figure 43.   This format allows
            the  interpreter to  quickly grasp the spatial
            and  amplitude relationshops  in the  data.    Subtle
            as well as major trends are  emphasized.

     Sounding data--is always acquired from a number of discrete
station readings.  A  simple qualitative  assessment may be
obtained using a single instrument.   It is fairly easy to
establish the conductivity of near-surface conditions  relative
to deeper conditions.

     More quantitative evaluations  of the vertical layering of
the subsurface can be obtained  from detailed sounding  measure-
ments.   One or  more  instruments  may  be  required.  Field
data can be compared  to  calculated conductivities derived  from
the EM response  equations, using estimated layer parameters.
This iterative process will converge  on  a model of the vertical
section.   This approach will not necessarily yield a unique
solution; however, if good geologic information is available
for the area,  a  unique solution may be obtained.

                                  82

-------
                                            o
                                            CO
                                                             T   en
                                                                  c
                                                              (fl  -H
                                                              o;   c
     0)
 C  "0
 • H
     C
 C  -H
 s
 O  0)
 JT  >
 W  -H
     4J
 (C  O
 -U  0)
 (tj  U-l
 t3  u-i
       AJ
 O  O
1-1 rH
 a  a,
                                                             a  a 3
                                                             O  0  -u

                                                            •iH -H  flj
                                                                    U-l

                                                             Qj  Q;  u-i

                                                             (0  >

                                                             V  C  O
                                                             C  (0  -H
                                                             o i—i  -U
                                                             0"* CL<  rt3
                                                             I       U
                                                             >J     O
                                                             0)   •  ^H
                                                            a     u
                                                            e  TJ  T3
                                                            OCX
                                                            U  (0  01
                                                            in
                                                            TJ1

                                                            0)
                                                            Jj
                                                            a
                                                            a>
                                                           •H
                                                            CL.
83

-------
     The EM  sounding  method can rarely identify more than 2 or  3
layers with  reasonable  confidence.   The greater the contrast  in
the conductivity values of  each layer,  the better the results.
Often, the more detailed resistivity sounding method is used  to
complement EM profiling data.

     The results of  a sounding analysis are usually presented
as a vertical section,  in which the conductivity layers are
identified as a function of depth.   The analyst may be able to
correlate these layers  to geohydrologic units believed to exist
at the site  (Figure 46).

Summary

     Although the  EM  technique can be used for profiling or
sounding, profiling is  the  most effective  use of the EM method.
Profiling makes possible the rapid mapping of subsurface
conductivity  changes,  and the location, delineation and
assessment of spatial variables resulting  from changes in the
natural setting or from many contaminants.

     EM is a very  effective reconnaissance tool.   The use of
qualitative  non-recorded data can provide initial interpretation
in the field.   If  site conditions are complex, the use of a
high-density survey grid,  continuously-recording instruments,
and computer processing may be necessary,  in  order to properly
evaluate subsurface conditions.   When  continuously-recording
instruments   are used,  total site coverage  is feasible.   More
quantitative information can be obtained by using conductivity
data from different depth ranges.   At present, three different
systems must be used  to acquire data from  0.75 meters to 60
meters.   Very often,   however,  data from two standard depths,   e.g.
6 and 15 meters, is  adequate to furnish depth information.

Capabilities
     o  The  EM profile  method permits rapid data acquisition,
        resulting  in  high-density and high-resolution surveys.
     o  Profiling  data  may  be acquired from various
        discrete depths,  ranging from 0.75 meters to 60 meters.
     o  Continuously-recording instruments  (to 15 meter depth)
        can  increase  survey speed,  density and resolution
        permitting total site coverage, if required.
     o  EM reads directly in conductivity  units (mm/m)
        permitting use  of raw data in  the field, and correlation
        to specific  conductance of ground  water samples.
     o  EM can map local and general changes in the natural
        geohydrologic  setting.
     o  EM can detect and measure the boundaries of a
        conductivity  plume.
     o  Direction  of  plume  flow can be determined from an EM
        conductivity  map.

                                84

-------
  Depth  in  Meters

  o-
  10-
 20-
 30-
        20 mm/m
        10 mm/m
       100 mm/m
                                      Clay
                                    Limestone
— Water Table
   Potable
   Aquifer
   Contaminated
   Aquifer
Figure 46.  Sounding data yields vertical electric  section which
           can be related to  geohydrologic  section.

-------
     o  EM  measurements  taken at different times can provide  the
        means  to  compute movement rates of conservative
        contaminants.
     o  EM  can detect  and map burial pits and trenches of both
        bulk and  drummed wastes.
     o  EM  can detect  and map the location of buried metallic
        utility lines.

Limitations
     o  EM  has less sounding (vertical) resolution than the
        resistivity method,  due to its limited number of depth
        intervals.
     o  The acquisition  of  data from depths of 0.75 to 60 meters
        requires  the use of three different EM systems.
     o  Continuous  data  can be  obtained only to depths up to
        approximately  15  meters.
     o  An  EM  measurement is influenced by the shallower
        materials more than the deeper ones;  this must be
        considered  when  evaluating the data.
     o  EM  measurements  become  non-linear in zones of very high
        conductivity.
     o  The EM method  is susceptible to noise from a number of
        sources,  including  natural atmospheric noise,  powerlines,
        radio  transmitters,  buried metallic trash,  pipes,  cables,
        nearby  fences, vehicles and buildings.


Examples

Buried Natural  Organics
   The understanding of  natural geologic/hydrologic conditions
and the location  of permeable migration routes in the soil and

rock are important  considerations in an evaluation of  a HWS.
Many constituents of soils,  such as natural organic deposits,
have strong sorption properties.  Their presence and extent can
be of major concern in evaluating potential migration.

     Figure 47  shows  the thickness of natural organics (peats)
over an eroded  limestone  bedrock.   Because of the relatively
high conductivity of peat compared to that of limestone,  the
conductivity reading was primarily a function of the thickness
of the peat.   Three borings were made to the  top of rock,
which provided  a  means of correlating the EM data to peat
thickness.   The EM  data  was then calibrated from the boring
data,  and higher  values  of  conductivity could be related to
greater thicknesses of peat.   Figure 47 shows the results of  the
three borings  and the  calibrated EM data which represents the
approximate profile thickness of the peats.

     The use of EM  measurements combined with borings to

                                86

-------
      2-
   *-
   o>
   Ł  4H
   Ł  6H
   ex
   O)
   O
      8-


     10-
      2-
   
-------
calibrate the  data  enabled a large site to be mapped in a
relatively  short  time  with a reasonable degree of accuracy
and at  a much  higher level of evaluation of the spatial
variables.

Contamination  from  Flowing Abandoned Well

     Since  1945,  water from an artesian well tapping the top of
the Floridan Aquifer had been flowing continuously at a rate of
about 5500  cubic  meters  per  day,  allowing water high in total
dissolved solids  to spill  onto the surface of the ground.
Exploratory monitor wells  had been established downgradient
from the source.

     Analysis  of  water samples indicated the presence of elevated
concentrations  of chloride (1150  ppm)  over the full thickness of
the aquifer (approximately 15 meters)  and  about 1.7 kilometers
from the artesian source.   The areal and vertical extent of the
plume was measured  using EM  methods.   The EM method was selected
because it  could  provide very rapid profile measurements,  with a
reasonable  number of stations for the large area (70 square
kilometers)  which the  plume  was suspected  to occupy.

     This study revealed that the plume was about 12 kilometers
long and two kilometers  wide (Figure  48) .   These results show
that this area of the  aquifer is  highly permeable,  as the plume
had traveled over 12 kilometers in a period of 35 years--an
average of  about  1  meter/day.   This is due to the highly porous
nature of the  limestone  and the general lack of sand infilling,
allowing polluted water  to travel faster with much less filtering
than in other  more  sandy regimes  of the aquifer.

Buried Bulk Wastes  and Drums
     Many burial  sites were  believed to exist in a certain area.
The EM  technique  was selected to  provide a rapid reconnaissance
in order to locate  possible  trenches.   Determination of the
extent of contaminant  migration into the surrounding soil was
also of interest  at  this site.  Twelve parallel survey lines, 120
meters long, spaced 15 meters apart were established in the
area.   The  survey lines  were oriented approximately perpendicular
to the suspected  trenches.   These lines were traversed using a
shallow (6  meter)  EM system,  with its output continuously
recorded on a  strip  chart.   The data was entered into a computer
system for  spatial  corrections,  smoothing and  plotting.  To
provide  perspective, a three-dimensional view of the data set was
developed,   as  shown  in Figure  49.

-------
               Source
Figure 48.   EM method was  used to map widespread contamination of
            ground water caused by free  flowing brackish well.
            Over 10 square miles  have  been contaminated.
                                89

-------
     These results  indicate  that  a large contrast  exists
between the relatively high  conductivities  of the waste material
and that of the surrounding  natural  dry  soil.   Moreover,   analysis
of the processed data indicates  that  conductivity highs   can be
correlated from line to line,  revealing  the linear extent of a
series of narrow trenches.   The  data also reveals that the
trenches   are  relatively  close together.   The fact that no
obvious high EM values exist in  the area surrounding these
trenches indicates  that the   soil is relatively tight
essentially containing the fluid  wastes  in  the trench area.
   Figure 49.
Computer plot of EM  conductivity data,  obtained
over a buried waste site.   The linear patterns
of conductivity highs  indicate  buried trenches.
 (One linear trend  is shaded to  show  trench.)
                                 90

-------
                          SECTION  VI

                          RESISTIVITY
Introduction

   The resistivity  method is  used to measure the electrical
resistivity of  the  geohydrologic section which includes the
soil,  rock and  ground  water.   Accordingly,  the method may be
used to  assess  lateral changes and vertical cross sections of
the natural geohydrologic settings.   In addition, it can be
used to  evaluate  contaminant  plumes  and locate buried wastes
at hazardous waste  sites.

   Application  of the  method  requires that an electrical current
be injected into  the ground by a pair of surface electrodes.
The resulting potential  field (voltage)  is measured at the
surface  between a second pair of electrodes.   The subsurface
resistivity can be  calculated by knowing the electrode separation
and geometry of the electrode positions,  applied current, and
measured voltage.    (Resistivity is the reciprocal of conduc-
tivity,   the parameter  directly measured by the EM technique.)

   In general,  most soil and  rock minerals are electrical
insulators (highly  resistive);  hence  the flow of current is
conducted primarily through the moisture-filled pore spaces
within the soil and rock.   Therefore,  the resistivity of soils
and rocks is predominantly controlled by the porosity and
permeability of the system, the amount of pore water, and the
concentration of  dissolved solids  in  the pore water.

   The resistivity  technique  may be  used for "profiling" or
"sounding".   Profiling provides  a means of mapping lateral
changes  in subsurface  electrical properties.   This field
technique is well suited to the delineation of contaminant
plumes and the  detection and  location of changes in natural
geohydrologic conditions.   Sounding  provides a means of
determining the vertical changes in  subsurface electrical
properties.   Interpretation of sounding data provides the
depth and thickness of subsurface layers having different
resistivities.   Commonly up to 4 layers may be resolved with
this technique.
                               91

-------
     Applications of  the  resistivity method at hazardous waste
sites include:
   o  Locating and mapping  contaminant  plumes;
   o  Establishing direction  and rate of flow of contaminant
      plumes;
   o  Defining burial  sites by
      -  locating  trenches,
      -  defining  trench boundaries,
      -  determining the depths of trenches.
   o  Defining natural geohydrologic conditions such as
      -  depth to  water table  or to water-bearing horizons,
      -  depth to  bedrock, thickness of  soil,  etc.


Principles and Equipment

     Most dry mineral  components of soil and rock are highly
resistive except  for  a few  metallic ore minerals.   Under most
circumstances, the amount of  soil/rock moisture dominates the
measurement greatly reducing  the resistivity value.   Current
flow is  essentially electrolytic,  being conducted by water
contained within  pores and  cracks.   A few minerals like clays
actually contribute to conduction.   In general,  soils and rocks
become less resistive as:

     o   Moisture  or water content increases;
     o   Porosity  and  permeability of the formation increases;
     o   Dissolved solid and colloid  (electrolyte)  content
         increases;
     o   Temperature increases  (a minor factor, except in areas
         of permafrost).

     Figure  50 illustrates  the range of resistivity found in
commonly-occurring soils  and  rocks.   Very dry sand,  gravel or
rock as  encountered in arid or semi-arid areas will have very
high resistivity.   As  the empty pore spaces  fill with water,
resistivity will   drop.  Conversely, the resistivity of earth
materials which occur  below the water table  but lack pore space
(such as massive  granite  and  limestone)  will be relatively high
and will be  primarily controlled by current conduction along
cracks and fissures in the  formation.   Clayey soils and shale
layers generally  have  low resistivity values,  due to their
inherent moisture and  clay  mineral  content.   In all cases, an
increase in  the electrolyte,  total dissolved solids (TDS)  or
specific conductance  of the system will cause a marked increase
in current conduction  and a corresponding drop in resistivity.
This fact makes resistivity an excellent technique for the
detection and mapping  of  conductive contaminant plumes.
                               92

-------
(O
                                          a>
                                          >
                                          o
                                                                                        c
                                                                                        1-
                                                                                        C
                                                                                        1C
                                                                                        1-
                                                                                        i-
                                                                                        c
                                                                                        I
                                                                                        c
                                                                                        c  •
                                                                                        E~
                                                                                        E  •
                                                                                        C —
                                                                                        C C
                                                                                       •1-J  D
                                                                                       >  U
                                                                                       K  C

                                                                                       -r-  4-^



                                                                                       C  ^
               .A        «"
               j«   v>   x,

               •«   —   c
TJ
 C
 O
JO

O
                                         •a
                                          c
                                          o

                                         TJ
                                          c
                                  o
                                  c
                                  o
                                                  V)
                                                  a>
                                                  c
                                                  o
                                                 o
                                                 o
                                                 cr

                                                 o
     o
     o
Q.
O  ^
C
o
o   >
o  .-
                                               O
                                               o
 to    in   _
 O)   T3    O
 c    c    to
.Eoo
                 _ii-oa)_iQ:e>o_J(o   mo
                                                                           (D -H
                                                                           c.-c
                                                                           C C
                                                                           ro 2:
                                                                           a; «^-
                                                                                       o
                                                                                       LTI
                                    93

-------
      It  is  important  to note that no geologic unit or plume has
a unique or characteristic  resistivity value.    Its measured
resistivity is  dependent  on the natural soil and rock present,
the relative amount of  moisture,  and its specific conductance.
However, the natural  resistivity value of a particular  formation
or unit may remain within a small range for a given area.

      Figure 51  shows  typical field equipment for making
resistivity measurements;  Figure 52 is a schematic diagram
showing the basic principles of operation.   The resistivity
method is inherently  limited to station measurements,  since
electrodes  must be in physical and electrical contact with the
ground.   This requirement makes the resistivity method  slower
than  a non-contract method  such as  EM.

      Many different types of electrode spacing arrays may be used
to make resistivity measurements;  the more commonly used include
Wenner,  Schlumberger,  and dipole-dipole (Figure  53).   Due to  its
simple electrical geometry,  the Wenner array will be used as  an
example in  the  remainder  of this section;  however,  its  use is not
necessarily  recommended  for  all site conditions.   The choice of
array will  depend upon  project objectives  and site conditions and
should be made  by an  experienced geophysicist.

      Using  the  Wenner array (Figure 53),  potential electrodes
are centered on a line  between the current electrodes; an
equal spacing between electrodes is maintained.   These  "A"
spacings used during  HWS  evaluation commonly range from  0.3
meter to more than 100  meters.   The depth of measurement is
related to  the  "A" spacing  and may vary depending upon the
geohydrology.

      Current is injected  into  the ground by the  two outer elec-
trodes which are connected  by  cables  to a  DC or low-frequency AC
current source.    (If  true DC is used,  special non-polarizing
electrodes  must  be used.)   The distribution of current within the
earth is influenced by  the  relative resistivity  of subsurface
features.    For  example,   homogeneous subsurface conditions will
have  the uniform current  flow  distribution shown in Figure 54a
and will yield  a resistivity value characteristic  of the sampled
section.   On the other  hand,  Figure 54 shows a case where the
electrodes  spacing has  been  increased,  and current distribution
is pulled downward by a low-resistivity layer  at depth.    In this
case  the apparent resistivity  will  be  lower than that of the
surface layer,  due to the influence of the lower resistivity
material  at  depth.

      The current flow within the subsurface produces an  electric
field with  lines of equal potential,  perpendicular to the lines
of current  (Figure 52).    The potential field is  measured by a
voltmeter at the two  inner  electrodes.

                               94

-------
95

-------
                     Current
                      Source
.Current  Meter
                                                          Surface
                Current Flow
               Through Earth
                                     	Current
                                     	Voltage
Figure 52.   Diagram  showing basic concept of resistivity
            measurement.

     Apparent resistivity  values  using the Wenner array are
calculated from  the  measured voltage and current and  the  spacing
between electrodes as  shown in the following equation:

                          pa = (2irA) (V/I)

where  Pa =   apparent  resistivity (ohm-meters or ohm-feet)
       A  =   "A"  spacing (meters  or  feet)
       V  =   potential  (volts)
       I  =   current  (ampers)
                                96

-------
                       A         A         A__
                   C        P         P        C
                                 j

                   Wenner  Electrode  Arrangement
                                 i
                                 I
                   C          PIP           C

                   AM  |  N           B
                               -t-*
                     ^	I 		^K		i 	^

                Schlumberger Electrode Arrangement
                                 i
               c     c           !
               i~o~+	\
                   1           V'
                   I*	JL
             Axial  Bipole - Bipole  Electrode  Arrangement
Figure  53.   Three  common  electrode  arrangements. C  -  designates
            a  current  electrode.  P - designates a  potential
            electrode.

                                 97

-------
   Small Electrode Spacing
                        Large Electrode Spacing
                             1	L
Figure 54 .
Increased electrode  spacing  samples  greater depth
and volume of earth.
The apparent  resistivities  are usually calculated and  plotted
as the measurements  are made,  permitting  immediate  quality
control of the measurement  in  the field.

     For  acquisition of relatively shallow data,  typically
required  at  many HWS,  the lower-power, self-contained  resistivity
units are quite  satisfactory.   Their transmitter  is  capable  of
obtaining data to  about 50  to  100 meters, using self-contained
rechargeable batteries.   Very  deep surveys will require
higher-power transmitters using  generators.   Much of the  newer
equipment utilizes electronic  signal enhancement  to  improve  the
signal-to-noise  ratio  and to allow measurement of lower voltages.

     Cables  of specific length to fit the selected  "A"  spacing
are advantageous  for extensive profiling surveys  to  speed data
acquisition.   Sounding measurements require a wide  range  of  cable
lengths;   therefore,  wire  on reels is normally used.

   Steel  stakes  are  commonly used for electrodes  and are  driven
into the  ground  to a depth  of  about 10 to 30 centimeters.   Longer
or multiple  electrodes  may  be  needed in dry sandy areas to
provide better electrical contact with the ground.   Water or
salty water  is also  used to increase the  effective  electrode
contact with dry soils.

Factors to be Considered  for Field Use

   Profiling--Profiling is   the  technique of making  resistivity
measurements  with a  fixed   electrode  spacing.  Electrode  "A"
spacing should be  1  to 2  times the depth of interest.   The
fixed-spacing electrode array  is moved to a number  of  different
                                  98

-------
                                                                  C
                                                                 •H
                                                                  U  W
                                                                    QJ
                                                                      0)
                                                                  cr.  5
                                                                  x  X-
                                                                 •H       •
                                                                 «M   C
                                                                      U  (1)
                                                                  >!  C  U
                                                                 X:   rt -H
                                                                     -u  en
                                                                 fC   w  0)
                                                                  o;  -H -c
                                                                 ^  'O
                                                                  m      C
                                                                 •H   o;  o
                                                                 Q,    4-J
                                                                 E      D
                                                                 0     ^
                                                                 U   •  C
                                                                 U  >,  U)
                                                                 ro  rO    rO
                                                                 
                                                                 W 4J
                                                                 rd      >i
                                                                 d1  tj'^2
                                                                 E  C
                                                                    •H -O
                                                                 0)  >  
-------
locations to obtain  data  over the entire area of interest  (Figure
55) .   Since depth of influence  remains constant from one station
to the next, profiling measures lateral changes in resistivity.
Such changes permit  the detection and mapping of anomalous
spatial features over  the  area  surveyed.   The method may be
modified to include  measurements  at more than one depth, thereby
providing additional  information  on lateral variations with
depth.

     By making many  profiling measurements  along a traverse,
a profile of subsurface resistivity may be obtained  (Figure
56) .   Multiple profile lines  or numerous profile stations may be
placed at intervals  across the  area of interest to generate a
contour map (Figure  57).   The lateral resolution requirements
of the investigation will  dictate the distance between successive
profiling  stations.

     Sounding--The sounding technique measures vertical changes
in the geologic section.   A series of resistivity measurements is
made, each with  successively  larger electrode spacings  (Figure
54) .   As the "A"  spacing  is increased,  the depth of sampling at
the sounding station also  increases.   The maximum "A" spacing
should be at least 3 to 4  times the depth of interest in order to
permit adequate characterization  of deeper  layers.   Therefore,
the overall array length  including current  electrodes will be 9
to 12 times the depth  of interest.   With such long arrays, the
operator must insure that  adequate space is available at the site
and that it is relatively  clear of buried pipes and fences.

     Successive electrode  spacings should be equally spaced on a
logarithmic scale with a  minimum  of three per decade, although
six are recommended.    Commonly,  more measurements are used to
evaluate noise and provide reasonable quality in the data.   For a
typical sounding, 12 to 16 separate measurements may be made over
an "A" spacing range of 0.3 meter to 100 meters.

     The resulting data is plotted on log/log graph paper with
apparent resistivity versus electrode "A"  spacing (Figure 58).
This graph can be visually interpreted for qualitative trends,  or
compared to master curves  to  determine layer thicknesses, depths
and true resistivities.   Computer processing may be applied to
achieve quantitative results,  as  obtained by master curves or to
analyze more complex data.

     Although resistivity  sounding methods  are intended for use
in uniformly layered geological conditions,  useful data may often
be obtained from the complex  subsurface conditions often found at
HWS.

     With both profiling  and  sounding techniques, inhomogene-
ities in the near-surface  soils may induce  noise in the data.

                                   100

-------
Some  surface  conditions may limit or preclude  use  of the
resistivity method.   Dry surface material  having extremely
high  resistivity  will make injection of  the  current difficult
and require special  field procedures.   In  areas with paved
surfaces  such as  asphalt and concrete roads or parking  lots,
electrode contact  may not be possible.
                       HORIZONTAL DISTANCE. IN METERS
                           200          300
400
500
Figure 56.    Resistivity profile across glacial clays  and gravels
             (from Zohdy,  1964) .

     Survey  objectives  will determine whether profiling  or
sounding data is  required.   For example, profiling  should be
used for mapping  contaminant  plumes.   Because profiling  is a
faster field technique,  a larger number of stations may  be
occupied with the higher density providing better  lateral
resolution.   The  selection of the proper "A" spacing  for the
profiling survey  may  be determined from several  initial  sound-
ings in the  area  of the suspected plume.
                                101

-------
                  STATION SPACING 10 METERS
A SPACING = 10 METERS ISOPLETH INTERVAL = 20 OHM METERS
«   •  o   •
                                                  •   0
                                                        STATION
                                                        LOCATION
    Figure 57.   Isopleth resistivity map of profiling data.

     A potential safety hazard exists during the operation of
the resistivity unit;  substantial amounts of current and voltage
are present at the current electrodes during the time the
transmitter is energized.   Field procedures must be designed
to insure that none of the field crew are in contact with the
electrodes during this period.   An experienced field crew will
not have problems,  but if persons unfamiliar with the techniques
are involved with the field operations,  additional caution
should be exercised.

Quality Control
     Considering the length of the wire cables,  their connections
to the stakes  and  the stakes  contact with the ground,  there are
a number of possibilities for poor electrical contact and short
circuits in the resistivity array.   These conditions can be
monitored by observing instrument readings and trends in the
data.
                                102

-------
      IOOO
o
oo
                         5      10     20       50     100    200

                         ELECTRODE "A" SPACING (IN METERS)
500   IOOO
         Figure 58.  Resistivity sounding curve showinq two-layer system.

-------
     Apparent  resistivities  should be calculated and plotted
during field acquisition  as  a  means  of quality control.   Sounding
curves should  be  smooth,  and jumps in the data should  not occur
 (Figure 58) .    Note  that  the  one circled data point at  80 foot "A"
spacing lies off  the  main trend of the data and hence  is
disregarded in the  plot  and  analysis.   Profiling data  should  also
show a general trend  in  the  data from one station to the next
 (Figure 57) .    Note  that  there  is a general trend in the data  from
one point  to the  next which  provides confidence in the quality of
the data,  but  the circled data point to the upper right lies  off
the main trend.   This point  will be ignored in the final analysis
as it is caused by  some  source of noise at the specific station.
However, abrupt changes  do commonly occur in both sounding and
profiling  data; these may be unwanted "noise" due to near-surface
inhomogeneities or  electrode contact problems or,  in the case of a
profile line,   may indicate a real change in geohydrology.
Experienced interpreters  can often evaluate these problems in the
field and  take corrective action if  it is required.

     The resistivity  instrument can be calibrated using standard
resistors.   Calibration  is particularly important if the data is
to be compared to resistivity  measurements from other  instruments
or other parameters,  such as specific conductance of water
samples.

Noise
     Noise  from  several  sources  may  affect resistivity
measurements.

     Equipment-related noise may occur due to coupling between
wires or between  reels of  long cable arrays.   Poor electrical
contact between the ground and electrodes will also produce
noisy data.  Exceeding   the  depth capability  (power and receiver
sensitivity)  of the resistivity instrumentation will also yield
poor data  at very large  electrode spacings.    In most cases,
however, experienced  field personnel will be able to mitigate
such problems.

     Cultural  noise caused by  stray currents, potential fields
and electromagnetic energy can interfere with the resistivity
measurement.    This  interference can be caused by nearby power
lines and  man-induced ground currents.   The influence  of nearby
fences, railroad  tracks  and  buried metallic pipes and  cables
can  "short" or strongly  distort current  flow.   These effects
of proximity to metallic  structures  must be evaluated  by
experienced personnel.

     Natural sources  of  electrical noise include earth currents
and spontaneous potential  (SP).   Most modern instruments are
designed to cope  with such noise problems.
                                104

-------
     Poor  electrode  contact  with the earth, and local variations
in  shallow subsurface  conditions near the electrodes can produce
significant scatter  in  the data.   Decreasing the spacing between
stations,  using  appropriate  field arrays and using averaging
techniques  can minimize the  influence of these variations.

Data Format.  Processing.  Interpretation and  Presentation

     The resistivity instrument  measures the voltage and current
between the electrodes.   This value is converted to apparent
resistivity, using the  proper equation for the type of array
being used  and for the  specific  electrode  spacing.    (A hand
calculator  will  speed  this  calculation.)  This value is then
logged and usually plotted  on a  graph in the field for quality
control.    Additional steps  to be taken in processing and
interpretation depend upon  the application of the data,  and
whether data was obtained from profiling or sounding.   The flow
diagram in  Figure 59 outlines typical steps in the processing and
interpretation of resistivity data  as discussed below.

     Profiling--The  calculated apparent resistivity values from
many profile stations can be plotted as profile lines (Figure
56) .   A contour  map  (Figure  57)  can be developed from many
profile stations.  These  stations can be along a straight line
or randomly located  over  the  area.   Profile lines and contour
maps can then be used  to  locate  geologic variations or
contaminant plumes.   The  apparent resistivity values are
typically used because  the primary  objective is to use the
data for location, purposes.

     Sounding--Calculated  apparent resistivities are plotted
against "A" spacing  on  log/log graph paper for each station
 (Figure 58) .  These  data  points  define a curve which can be used
qualitatively and quantitatively to determine vertical changes in
resistivity.  Relative  trends and semi-quantitative analysis are
often immediately obvious to the experienced interpreter from
such a plot.

     Subsequent  analysis  requires analytical techniques  which
provide a means of modeling.   Two approaches or a combination may
be employed.  A  Forward Model produces a resistivity sounding
curve from  a specified  geologic  section whose resistivities
are known.   The  analysis  can be  carried out by making an estimate
of the geoelectric properties and calculating a forward  model
(sounding  curve)  .  These  results are then  compared to the
field data.  Iteration  of the above process occurs until a
reasonable match between  the  model  and the field data  is  found.
An Inverse Model provides the geoelectric  cross section from
the field data;   in this case the solution  is not unique  in
that a number of possible combinations exist that will fit
the field data.   In  this  case, knowledge of the geohydrologic

                                 105

-------
                                     Profile Line
 Profile Measurements
    Voltage  Current
   Electrode Spacing
               Calculation  of
                  Apparent
                 Resistivity
Sounding Measurements
   Voltage Current
  Electrode Spacing
                                       Distance -*
                                       "A" Spacing
                                    Sounding Data
Figure 59.   Flow diagram  showing  steps  in processing  and interpretation of

-------
sections must be  employed  to  select the most likely situation.
Both of these methods  require a small computer (the forward
method can be carried  out  on  a small hand-held programmable
calculator).

     The computer programs  offer a more effective means of
processing,  by allowing  considerable interaction  and iteration.
The computer is used only  as  a processing tool;  it is not a means
of obtaining a final answer without interaction.

     Another approach  is to use computer-generated master curves
which are compared to  the field  data.   The use of master curves
can produce quantitative depth information and true resistivities
for up to three-  to  four-layer simple geologic systems.   A master
curve for a uniform  two-layer geologic section is shown in Figure
60.   This curve covers both high resistivities underlain by lower
values  (lower half of  the  curves)  and low surface values underlain
by high resistivity values  (upper  half of the set of curves).
A number of ratios between  the two-layer resistivities are
provided which make up the  family  of two-layer curves.   Often
the field data will  not  fit the set of master curves exactly
and interpolation and  extrapolation must  be  carried out.
Although simple geologic conditions may be easily interpreted,
generally the use of master curves and computer analysis
requires considerable  knowledge  of the overall methodology
and geohydrology.

     A number of  shortcut  interpretation procedures exist
such as Barnes layer and cumulative methods.   These methods
are commonly employed  because of their simplicity, and because
they avoid the use of  the  more complicated procedures of master
curves or computer processing.   It should be recognized that
these shortcut methods are  only approximations and may provide
erroneous data under some  conditions;  therefore  their use is
not generally recommended.

     The resistivity sounding results  will indicate the
number of geologic layers present  as well as their depth and
thickness,  but only  those  layers that are sufficiently thick
and have adequate contrast  in their electrical properties
will be detected.   Data  from  a number of soundings can be
used to create a  cross section plot of resistivities (Figure
61), called a geoelectric section.   This figure  shows a two-
dimensional  representation of  the  data.   Single soundings can
be represented in a  similar manner to provide one-dimensional
data.   If soundings  are  available  over a large area or along
somewhat perpendicular traverse  lines,  the resulting data can
be shown as a three-dimensional  section or as a  fence diagram
(Figure  62) .
                                     107

-------
               H-
o
00
o
c
hi
•<
          HI   (D
      M

      CQ
               (D
               O
    o   2
    3   oi
    ow
    ^   r
    CD
    i_i  (D
               rr
               O

               5'
               Ł
          CQ
          rr
          (D
               (D
               rr
         (D
         P
         P
         (D
         hj

-------
Summary

     The resistivity method  provides  a means of measuring one
of the electrical  properties of the geohydrologic section
including soil,  rock and ground water.   These measurements may
be used to  assess  lateral changes and vertical cross sections
of the natural geohydrologic settings.   Since the resistivity
of soils and  rocks  is  predominantly controlled by porosity,
permeability, amount of  water,  and concentration of dissolved
solids in the water, the method provides a tool to evaluate
contaminant plumes  and to locate buried wastes at hazardous
waste sites.

     The resistivity technique  may be used for "profiling" or
"sounding".  Profiling  provides  a means of mapping lateral changes
in subsurface electrical  properties.   This field technique is
well suited to the  delineation  of contaminant plumes and to
the detection  and  location of changes in natural geohydrologic
conditions.    Profile  lines and  contour  maps can be  used to
locate geologic  variations or contaminant  plumes.   The apparent
resistivity values  are typically used,  because the primary
objective is to  use the  data for location  purposes.   Relative
trends and  semi-quantitative analyses are  often immediately
obvious to  the experienced interpreter from a plot of sounding
data.

     Sounding provides a means  of determining the vertical
changes in  subsurface  electrical properties.   Interpretation
of sounding data provides the depth and thickness of subsurface
layers having different  resistivities.   Commonly, 3 to 4 layers
may be resolved  with this  technique.   The resistivity sounding
method is in general a more  effective method than the EM sound-
ing method  described.    The analysis of resistivity sounding
data requires  that  the interpreter be knowledgeable about the
resistivity method, the conditions under which the data were
obtained,  the geohydrologic  conditions,  as well as the specific
techniques, computer models,   or curve matching.

     The operator must insure that adequate space is available
at the site and  that it  is relatively clear of buried pipes
and fences.   Finding sufficient space for  a long profile array
with an overall  length three  to six times  the depth of interest,
or a sounding array with an  overall length nine to twelve times
times the depth  of  interest  can sometimes  be a problem.

     Although resistivity sounding methods are primarily
intended for use in uniformly layered geological  conditions,
useful data may  be  obtained  from the complex subsurface condi-
tions often found at HWS.  With both profiling and sounding
techniques,   inhomogeneities  in  the near-surface soils may
introduce  noise  in the data.   Some surface conditions such as

                                 109

-------
                                     50   100 METERS
             EXPLANATION

      r i       ?r;n

   40-60 OHM-UCTCRS 9O-I200HM-UCTCKJ
    SLT AND CLAY   GRAVELLY CLAY
                f Sounding Location
                                                                  -60
                                                                  -55
                                                                  i-50
JOO-42OOHM-WCTEAS
SAND AND GRAVEL
Figure  61.   Geoelectric  cross  section  derived  from seven
             resistivity  soundings (from  Zohdy,  1964).
                                              V  Location  of  S
                                         cuno.nq
Figure  62.   A  three-dimensional  or fence  diagram may be  constructed
             from multiple resistivity soundings.
                                    110

-------
dry surface materials,  concrete roads or parking lots may
preclude the use of the  resistivity  method.

     The resistivity  method  is  inherently limited to station
measurements,  since electrodes  must  be in physical and electrical
contact with the ground.   This  requirement makes the resistivity
method slower than a  non-contact method such as  EM.
Capabilities
     o  Resistivity profiling  techniques  can be used to detect
        and map  contaminant  plumes  and changes in geohydrology.
     o  Resistivity sounding methods  can  estimate the depth,
        thickness and  resistivity of  subsurface layers, or depth
        to the water table.
     o  Both profiling and sounding data  can be evaluated
        qualitatively  or  semi-quantitatively in the field.
     o  Resistivity values  can be used to identify the probable
        geologic composition of  a layer or to estimate the
        specific conductance of  a plume
     o  Depth to bottom of landfills  and  large burial sites can
        sometimes be estimated.
Limitations
     o  The sounding  technique  requires  that site conditions be
        relatively homogeneous  laterally.
     o  The method is  susceptible  to noise caused by nearby
        fences, pipes  and  geologic scatter,  which may interfere
        with usefulness of the  data.
     o  Quantitative interpretation  requires  the  use of master
        curves and/or  computer  programs,  and experience in their
        use.
Examples

Determining Depth and Thickness of  a  Clay Layer for a Proposed
Disposal  Site

   The depth and thickness of  a clay  layer was required in an
assessment of natural site conditions.   Several resistivity
soundings were conducted over  the area  of interest,  using "A"
spacings from 1 to 300 feet  (0.3 to 100  meters).

   Figure 63 shows one of the  sounding  curves.   A visual,
in-the-field qualitative evaluation of  the curve indicates that
three,  and possibly four, resistivity layers  are present.   The
relative resistivities are
      (1) very  high  at the surface,

                                111

-------
      (2)  extremely low near  an "A" spacing of 70 to 100  feet.  (21
          to  30 meters),and
      (3)  increasing beyond 100 foot  (30  meters)  "A" spacing.

     A general knowledge  of  the local geology suggested that
these layers  were  dry quartz  sand (which was observed at the
surface), massive  clay, and  limestone bedrock.   An  inter-
mediate layer, possibly a sand-to-clay transition,   existed
between the high-resistivity  surface  layer and the  low-
resistivity layer.

     Computer analysis using  an inverse resistivity model
provided the  results  shown in  Figure  64.   An intermediate layer
was identified as  a transition zone of clayey sand  between the
surface sand  and the  top  of the clay.

Mapping of Landfill  Leachate  Plume
   A leachate plume was known  to  exist at a large landfill,
based on samples from existing monitor wells (Figure 65).
However,  its  lateral  extent  was unknown,  as was its maximum
distance from the  landfill.   The  landfill was situated in an
unconfined limestone  aquifer with a shallow water table.
Several soundings  were made  initially in the area of the land-
fill to determine  the approximate depth of the leachate plume
within the aquifer.   It was  found to lie between the surface
and a depth of 20 meters.    Electrode  "A"  spacings of 5 and 15
meters were selected  to map  lateral changes in resistivity
around the landfill.   The 5-meter spacing would indicate the
existence of  a shallow plume  and  provide a measure of the
variations due to  shallow geohydrologic  conditions.   The 15-
meter spacing was  selected to  provide a reasonable  average
measure of the main core  of the plume.   The area was somewhat
developed,  which made the location  of long profile  lines
difficult;  therefore,  profiling stations were placed wherever
sufficient space was  available.   The data for each  station was
plotted and contoured in  map  form  (Figure 66) .   A large plume
extending two kilometers  downgradient from the site  was mapped.
The shallow data shows considerable  variation in  the plume,
due to the influence  of many  near-surface variables.  The
deeper data shows  a more  uniform  plume pattern,  as  the plume
is less influenced by the surface variables.

     Existing monitor well data was evaluated based upon this
new information and additional monitor well sites were selected
to provide a  more  extended chemical  analysis of  the  plume.
                                 112

-------
      IOOO
       500
>
H
>
v>
111
UJ
OC
<
Q.
CL
    o  100-
50
        10
                          10              50
                               'A'   SPACING
                                  (IN  FEET)
                                                                       500    IOOO
 Figure 63.  Field sounding curve over a four-layer geologic section.

-------
                Resistivity
                Sounding
               f = 13,000

                  Sand
                  = 6500

              Clcyey Sand
                   =18

              Massive Clay
                  = 300

                Limestone
    Drillhole
                                         Gray Send
   Tan Send
                                      Tan Sand w/Clay
 Red Sandy Clay
                                          Dark Tan
                                         Sandy Clay
                                       Tan  Plastic Clay
Gray Plastic Clay
                                         End of Hole
                                                         0  FEET
                                                       — 1 0
                                                      — 20
                                                       — 30
                 — 40
Figure 64.    Correlation  of  resistivity  sounding results  to
             a driller's  log.    (Resistivity values are  in ohm-ft)
                                   114

-------
 SEA
LEVEL
  100'-
                A
                I
                           .   DISPOSAL SITE
A'
I
              REGIONAL
              GROUND
              WATER
              FLOW
                                                               SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE
                                                                    (p mho/cm)
                                  MONITOR WELL LOCATION
  Figure  65.   Cross section of  leachate plume based  upon specific  conductance
               from 1974 well  data  (locations shown  in Figure 66).

-------
             SHALLOW MEASUREMENTS
              OF POLLLUTANT PLUME
                      (0-15')
                                                      240
               DEEP MEASUREMENTS
               OF POLLUTANT PLUME
                      (0-45')
Figure 66.   Isopleths of resistivity profiling data showing
            extent of landfill plume.   Values in ohm-feet.
                              116

-------
                          SECTION VII

                       SEISMIC REFRACTION
Introduction

     Seismic  refraction  techniques are used to determine  the
thickness and depth  of geologic layers and the travel  time  or
velocity of seismic  waves  within the layers.   Seismic  refraction
methods are often used to  map depths to specific horizons such  as
bedrock, clay layers, and  water table.   In addition  to mapping
natural features, other  secondary applications of the  seismic
method  include the location  and definition of burial pits and
trenches at HWS.

     Seismic  waves transmitted into the subsurface travel at
different velocities  in  various types  of soil and rock  and  are
refracted  (or bent)  at the interfaces  between layers.   This
refraction affects their path of travel.   An  array of  geophones
on the  surface measures  the  travel time of the seismic  waves  from
the source to the geophones  at a number of spacings.    The time
required for  the wave to complete this path is measured,
permitting a determination to be made  of the  number of  layers,
the thicknesses  of the layers and their depths,  as well as  the
seismic velocity of  each layer.   The wave velocity in  each  layer
is directly related  to  its material properties such  as  density
and hardness.

     A  seismic source, geophones,  and a seismograph  are required
to make the measurements.   The seismic source may be a  simple
sledge  hammer with which to  strike the ground.  Explosives  and
any other seismic,  sources may be utilized for deeper or special
applications.   Geophones implanted in  the surface of the ground
translate the received vibrations of seismic  energy  into an
electrical  signal.    This signal is displayed on the  seismograph,
permitting measurement of  the arrival  time of the seismic wave.
Since  the seismic method measures small ground vibrations,  it is
inherently susceptible to  vibration noise from a variety of
natural and cultural  sources.

     At HWS,   seismic refraction can be used to define natural
geohydrologic conditions,  including thickness and depth of soil
and rock layers, their composition and physical properties,  and

                                 117

-------
depth to bedrock or water  table.   It can also be used for the
detection and  location  of  anomalous  features,  such as pits and
trenches, and  for  evaluation of the  depth of burial sites or
landfills.    (In contrast to seismic refraction, the reflection
technique,  which is  common in petroleum exploration, has not
been applied to HWS.   This is primarily because the method
cannot be effectively  utilized at  depths of less than 20
meters.)
Principles and  Equipment

     Although a number  of  elastic waves are inherently associ-
ated with the method,  conventional seismic refraction methods
that have been  employed at HWS are concerned only with the
compressional wave  (primary  or P-wave).   The compressional
wave is also the first  to  arrive which makes its identification
relatively easy.

     These waves move  through subsurface layers.   The density
of a layer and  its  elastic properties determine the speed or
velocity at which the  seismic wave will travel through the
layer.   The porosity, mineral composition,  and water content of
the layer affect both  its  density and elasticity.   Table 3
lists a range of compressional wave velocities in common
geologic materials.    It can be seen from these tables that the
seismic velocities  for  different  types  of soil  and rock overlap,
so knowing the  velocities  of these layers alone does not permit
a unique determination  of  their composition.   However, if this
knowledge is combined with geologic information,  it can be used
intelligently to identify  geologic strata.

     In general,  velocity  values  are greater for:
     o dense rocks  than light rocks.
     o older rocks  than younger rocks.
     o igneous  rocks than  sedimentary rocks.
     o solid rocks  than rocks with cracks or fractures.
     o unweathered  rocks than weathered rocks.
     o consolidated sediments than unconsolidated sediments.
     o water-saturated  unconsolidated sediments than dry
       unconsolidated sediments.
     o wet soils than dry  soils.

     Figure 67  shows a  schematic view of a 12-channel seismic
system in use and the  compressional waves traveling through a
two-layered system  of soil over bedrock.   A seismic source
produces seismic waves  which travel in all directions into the
ground The seismic  refraction method,  however,  is concerned only
with the waves  shown in Figure 67.   One of these waves, the
                                 118

-------
TABLE  3.   RANGE  OF VELOCITIES FOR  COMPRESSIONAL WAVES  IN SOIL  AND ROCK
           (After jakosky,  1950)
           Material                                        Velocity (meters/sec)



  Weathered surface material                                 305 - 610

  Gravel or dry sand                                         465 - 915

  Sand (Wet)                                                610 - 1,830

  Sandstone                                                1,830 - 3,970

  Shale                                                    2,750 - 4,270

  Chalk                                                    1,830 - 3,970

  Limestone                                                2,140 - 6. 100

  Salt                                                      4,270 - 5,190

  Granite                                                  4,380 - 5,800

  Metamorphlc rocks                                        3,050 - 7,020

-------
to
o
                                                                                   Hammer
                                                                                    Source
       Figure  67.   Field  layout of a 12-channel seismograph showing the path of direct  and
                   refracted seismic waves in a two-layer soil/rock system.

-------
direct wave,  travels  parallel  to the surface of the ground.
A seismic  sensor  (geophone)  detects the direct wave as it moves
along the  surface  layer.   The  time of travel along this path  is
related  to the  distance between the sensor and the source and
the material  composing  the  layer.

    If a denser layer with a higher velocity, such as bedrock,
exists below  the surface  soils,  some of the  seismic waves will
be bent  or refracted  as they enter the bedrock.   This phenomenon
is similar to the  refraction of light rays when light passes
from air into water and is  described by Snell's law.   One of
these refracted waves,  crossing the interface at a critical angle,
will move  parallel to the top  of the bedrock at the higher
velocity of the bedrock.   The  seismic wave travelling along
this interface  will continually release energy back into the
upper layer by  refraction.   These waves may  then be detected  in
the surface at  various  distances from the source (Figure 67).

     Beyond a certain distance (called the critical distance),
the refracted wave will arrive at a geophone before the direct
wave.   This happens even  though the refraction path is longer,
because  a  sufficient  portion of the wave's path occurs in the
higher velocity bedrock.   Measurement of these first arrival
times and  their distances from the source permits calculation
of layer velocities,  thicknesses and bedrock depth.   Application
of the seismic  method is  generally limited to resolving three
to four  layers.

     The preceding concepts  are based upon the fundamental
assumptions that:

     1.   Seismic velocities  of geologic layers must increase
         with depth.    This  requirement is generally met at most
          sites.
     2.   Layers must  be of  sufficient thickness to permit
         detection.
     3.   Seismic   velocities   of layers must be sufficiently
         different to permit resolution of individual  layers.

There is no way to establish from the seismic data alone whether
a hidden layer  (due to  1  &  2 above)  is present;  therefore,
correlation to  a boring log  or geologic knowledge of the site
must be used  to provide a cross  check.   If such data is not
available, the  interpreter must take this into consideration in
evaluating the data.

     Variations in the  thickness  of  the  shallow soil  zone,
inhomogeneities within  a  layer,  or irregularities between layers
will often produce geologic  scatter  or anomalies  in the  data.
This data  scatter is  useful  information,  revealing some of the
natural variability of  the site.   For example,  a zone containing a
number of  large boulders  in  a  glacial till deposit will yield

                                 121

-------
inconsistent arrival  times,  due to variable seismic velocities
between the boulders  and  the  clay matrix.   An extremely
irregular bedrock  surface as  is often encountered in karst
limestone terrain,   likewise,  will produce scatter in the  seismic
data.

     The seismic refraction technique uses the equipment  shown
in Figure 68.    The seismic source is often a simple ten-pound
sledge hammer  or drop weight  which strikes the ground, generat-
ing a  seismic  impulse.   Explosives and a variety of other
excitation  sources  are  also used for the greater energy levels
required for information  at deeper layers.

     Seismic waves  are  detected by geophones implanted in the
surface of  the  ground at  various distances from the source.
The geophone converts the seismic wave's mechanical vibration
into an electrical  signal in  a manner similar to that of  a
microphone.   This  signal  is carried by cable to the seismograph.

     The seismograph  is an instrument which electronically
amplifies and  then displays the received seismic signal from
the geophone.    The  display may be a cathode ray tube, a single-
channel strip chart  (Figure 69),  or a thermal printer,  commonly
used on multi-channel systems  (Figure  70).   The identification
and measurement of  the  arrival time of the first wave from the
seismic source  is  obtained from this presentation.   The time
is measured in  milliseconds,  with zero time or start of trace
initiated by the source,  which provides  a trigger signal  to the
seismograph.

     Travel time is plotted against source-to-geophone distance
producing a time/distance  (T/D)  plot (Figure  71) .

     o  The number  of line segments indicates the number  of
        layers.
     o  The slope  of  each line segment is inversely
        proportional  to the seismic velocity in the
        corresponding layer.
     o  Break  points  in the plot  (critical  distance,  X)   are
        used with  the velocities to calculate layer depth.


Factors to  be Considered  for  Field Use

     The seismic line must be centered over the required  infor-
mation area and overall line  length must be three to five times
the maximum depth of  interest.   Resolution is determined  by the
geophone  spacing.    Spacings of 3 to 15 meters are commonly
used;  however,  closer spacings may be necessary for very  high
resolution  of  shallow geologic sections.
                                122

-------
Figure 68.   A portable  six-channel  seismic refraction system  in
            use.   A  sledgehammer  is  being used as a source.
                                123

-------
1
0
	 '"7 	
20
	 -i —
40
— i —
60
— i —
80
	 1 —
100
— 1 	
120
I
140
— i —
160
i 	
180
200
•— T 	
220
                    Time in Milliseconds
Figure 69.  A  typical  seismic waveform from a single geophone.
            Arrow  marks  arrival of first compressional wave.

     Repetition  of seismic refraction lines along a  traverse
will reveal lateral variations.   Resulting data can  be used to
indicate  trends  of dipping layers and to detect anomalous
conditions, such as fractures and disturbed zones.

     The  general concepts  presented so far have been for a  simple
two-layer case with no dip.   Since the presence of a dipping
layer may not be known,  it is accepted practice to run both
forward and reverse lines  to obtain true velocities and depths,
if the geologic  beds are not horizontal.   A reverse  line is
simply a  second  set of seismic measurements with  the source
located at the opposite  end of the same line of geophones
 (Figure 72) .

    A modification of  the  classic seismic refraction method
will provide a rapid means of high-resolution profiling.
This profiling approach  employs a single geophone and a fixed
spacing;  this array is moved across the site.   The distance
the station is moved each  time is usually short (2 to 10 meters)
to provide good  resolution of small features.   Typically,
velocity  anomalies  (low  velocities)  will occur as the array
crosses a disturbed soil zone such as a trench.

    A single   channel  seismograph is the simplest seismic
instrument and is  used with a single geophone and usually a
hammer source.    The geophone is usually placed at a  fixed
location  and the hammer  is struck at regularly increasing
distances from the geophone.   First wave arrival  times are
identified in the  instrument display,  logged in a field book,
and immediately  plotted on a T/D  plot.   The single waveform
will approximate the one shown in Figure 69.

                                 124

-------
KJ
Ul
      Geophone #
                         50
100
              200     250
        Time in Milliseconds
                                                                          400
450
                                                                                        500
      Figure 70.   Recording  from a  12-channel  sei
                    recorded Si,u l.taneous 1 y from' a

-------
           V)
to
CTi
           «
           w
           K
                 LI
//Ą///////////////

Depth  D           Layer I
                                                                                      /
                        XC
                 Source to  Geophone Distance
                                                                            Layer 2
         L I= Layer  I
         L 2 - Layer  2
         V I = Velocity of Layer I * I/Slope of L I
         V2 = Velocity of Layer 2 = I/Slope of L2
         Xr = Critical Distance
     D
V2 - VI
V2 * VI
  ( For Two Horizontal Layers )
       Figure 71.  Time/distance plot for a simple two-lnyer structure
                   is used to calculate depth of layer.)
                (Equation shown

-------
    Multichannel  seismographs  increase  the rate of data
acquisition using an  array  of  6,  12,  24 or more geophones
 (Figure 67).   All geophone  signals are recorded simultaneously
after initiation  from a  single hammer blow (Figure 70).   The
display of simultaneous  waveforms  enables the operator to
measure arrival time  by  noting trends in the composite data
set.   This is especially useful  in noisy areas.   More
sophisticated instruments commonly incorporate a considerable
amount of control over gain and filtering of the signals,
which is of great use on difficult or "noisy"  sites.

    Since the seismic method measures ground vibration,  it is
inherently sensitive  to  noise  from a  variety of sources.
Signal enhancement  is a  significant aid when working in noisy
areas and with smaller energy  sources.   Enhancement capability
is available in most  single and multi-channel  systems.   Enhance-
ment is accomplished  by  adding a number of seismic signals
from repeated hammer  blows.   The coherent seismic signal is
increased in direct proportion to  the number of blows,  while
random noise in the seismic signal is increased only by the
square root of the number of blows.   This causes the seismic
signal to "grow"  out  of  the noise  level,  permitting operation
in noisier environments  and at greater hammer-to-geophone
spacings.   The overall results provide  a more accurate measure-
ment of the first arrival time.

     Depending on site conditions,  a  hammer is useful for obtain-
ing seismic data  to depths  of  10 to 15  meters; while a 250-
kilogram (500-pound)  drop weight is required for depths  of 50
to 100 meters.   A more powerful  seismic source is necessary to
obtain deeper data or for work in  noisy areas.   Many sources are
available for meeting specialized  needs.   If the use of explosives
or projectile sources  is contemplated,  the project manager must
consider the safety hazards inherent  in such methods,  as well as
their impact on the hazardous  site itself, and the response from
the surrounding neighborhood.   Local  laws,  insurance requirements
and the increase  in project cost associated with compliance may
also restrict the use  of explosives.

Quality Control
     Quality control  can be achieved  in several  ways:
     o  A check of  the seismic signal and noise conditions on
        the instrument display will verify the proper function-
        ing of geophones and trigger  cables and the correct
        setting of the instrument.
     o  In cases  where paper records  are not made,  arrival time
        picks made  from  the electronic  display should be
        immediately plotted on a T/D  graph in  the  field.
        Problems with improper picks  are often discovered by
        early inspection of  these  plots.
                                 127

-------
        Source
                                                           V2
                           Forward  Line
                                                      Source
                                                           VI
                                                           V2
                           Reverse  Line
Figure  72 .
Use of forward and  reverse  seismic  lines  is  necessary
to determine true velocities and  depths with dipping
horizon.
                                128

-------
     o   If  the  data  is  to be used for legal purposes, or if it
         must be  reviewed  by persons other than the field party
         chief,  a hard copy of the data must be made.   Multi-
         channel  systems provide  a much better means of present-
         ing the data than do single-channel units  (compare
         Figures  69  and 70) .   The individual traces of the  single-
         channel  system would have to be clipped and pasted
         together and would provide a much less acceptable-looking
         and  workable  record.   For simple,  smaller surveys,
         however, the  single-channel units are quite satisfactory
         if  used by experienced personnel.
     o   Background or off-site data is often required for
         correlation  to known geologic information and to
         establish clean background data.   This information  is
         also useful  as a  reference for evaluating complex site
         conditions.

     o   Boring  logs  should be obtained to minimize the
         possibility  that  low velocity (hidden layers)  or thin
         beds will remain  undetected.
     o   Electronic calibration of the timing circuits of the
         seismograph  may be made  in the laboratory.   However, this
         is  rarely necessary because these timing circuits are
         crystal-controlled and have inherently low drift.    Normal
         annual  factory maintenance will  include such calibration.
     o   The  seismic  system may also be run at a standard base
         station  for  periodic check of the instrument operation.

Noise
     Seismic signals  are  strongly affected by ground vibration
noise;  less  so  by geologic scatter.   In addition,  the subjective
pick of  first arrival time can contribute a few milliseconds of
error.

     Unwanted vibrations  which affect the seismic signal at the
geophone may be caused by:

     o   Strong winds which move  nearby trees;
     o   Sounds of airplanes;
     o   Surface  sources,  such as moving vehicles on nearby high-
         ways and railroads;
     o   Field crews  walking near geophones;
     o   Nearby blasting or operation of heavy construction
         equipment.

     Geologic scatter may be caused by lateral variation in layer
composition or an irregular interface between  layers.   Such
scatter  can  complicate interpretation of  the T/D  plot,  but  is
also a valuable indicator  of site  conditions (see  Figure  73).
Examples include:
                                     129

-------
     o  Variations  in  the  thickness  of the "soil zone";
     o  Boulders  in glacial  clay  or  till;
     o  Zones  of  increased cementation in sandstone and
        limestone;
     o  Lenses of sand in  clay layers;
     o  Variations  in  saturated water content caused by perched
        water  tables;
     o  Irregular bedrock  surfaces;
     o  Limestone containing numerous cavities.

Data Format, Processing,  Interpretation and Presentation

     First  arrival  times  are usually measured from seismic
signals in  the field and  are recorded in field logs and plots.
Waveforms may be  recorded  as hard copy by strip chart records,
oscillograph and  thermal printers,  or by magnetic media for
archives,  subsequent playback and processing.   T/D plots
permit calculation  of  layer  parameters.   The results may then
be interpreted to yield a  geologic section of subsurface condi-
tions  (Figure 74).   Figure 75 shows  this sequence of processing
and  interpretation.

     The processing procedure begins with determination of the
first arrival time  to  each geophone.   The enhancement technique
may be employed to  aid in  recognizing the first arrivals on the
display.   Multi-channel seismographs can also assist in identify-
ing this first wave by revealing  a trend in the composite
received signals  (Figure 70).

     Once the arrival  times  are determined for each geophone,
the time/distance plot  is  constructed.   Straight line segments
are fitted  to  linear sections of  the plot by least square
techniques.   The  number of segments  and their slopes correspond
to the number of  geologic  layers  and their velocities.   These
velocities  and critical distances (determined by breaks in the
line segment) are used to  calculate  the depth of the layer.
Forward and reverse data  is  needed to provide true velocities,
depth,  and  dip of each layer if layering is not horizontal.

     Generally two- or three-layer systems can be analyzed in the
field by the use  of nomograms and simple calculations.   More
complicated sites  having three to four layers  with dip  will
require a programmable calculator or a small  computer to solve
the seismic equations.

     Single refraction stations can  be represented in a similar
manner to provide  one-dimensional data.  The results from a number
of refraction stations  can be interpreted and combined into a
two-dimensional cross  section,  as shown in Figure  74.  If
refraction  lines  are available over  a large area or along
perpendicular traverse lines,  the resulting data can be shown as
a three-dimensional  section  or as a  fence  diagram.

                                    130

-------
                a>
                E

                                             f
                                                /





                 /    2**
                r   i"*1*
                                               1200
                            ,/'
                            ,<-	Point Scatter

                         /
                          600
                                  Distance
                                   High  Velocity
          MODEL
0 0

 O
                                  00
                                1200
Figure  73.   Time/distance plot shows scatter caused by non-uniform
            soil  conditions.   such conditions might be caused by
            differences  in  local cementation,  holders,  etc.
            (velocities  shown  in meters/sec.)
                                    131

-------
     Time/distance plots may  show abnormal slopes or breaks.
Such plots reveal  that  the  subsurface is not composed of
homogeneous layers of uniform thickness and velocity.   Several
types of  conditions  are recognizable from their  characteristic
T/D plots.  For  example, Figure 76 shows a T/D plot where a
seismic line passes  over a  deep burial  trench.    The degree of
geologic  scatter in  the data  (Figure 73) is also a good indicator
of subsurface conditions.

   Many possible pitfalls exist in the  acquisition,  processing,
and interpretation of seismic data.   Solutions are  not unique
and all interpretations must  be based on some assumptions
about the site,   together with independent information on the
geohydrological conditions  at the site.   Velocity inversions
and thin  bed cases may  not  be detected.   Dipping bedding can
cause considerable error in calculations; therefore, both
forward and reverse  lines must  be used.
Summary

     The seismic refraction method  can be used to aid in defining
natural geohydrologic  conditions,  including thickness and depth
of soil aand rock layers,  and depth to bedrock or water table.
Generally two- or three-layer systems  can be analyzed in the
field by the use of  nomograms and simple  calculations.   More
complicated sites having three  to four layers  with dip will
require a programmable calculator or a small computer to solve
the seismic equations.

     Since seismic wave  velocity is directly related to the
material properties  of the layer such  as  density and hardness,
lateral variations in  composition or an irregular interface
between layers will  show up as  geologic scatter on a T/D plot.
This is a valuable indicator  of variations in site conditions.
The analysis of this data  requires  that the interpreter be
knowledgeable about  the method,  the conditions  under  which  tune
data was obtained,  and the geohydrologic  conditions.

    The seismic line must  be  three  to  five times the maximum
depth of interest.    Lateral resolution in the data is determined
by the geophone spacing.

     Depending on site conditions,  a hammer source is useful
for obtaining seismic  data to depths of 10 to 15 meters, while
a 500-pound drop weight is required for depths of 50  to  1.00
meters'  Explosives or  projectile sources  may be used to obtain
deeper data.

     Since the seismic method measures small ground vibrations,
it is susceptible to vibration noise from a variety  of natural
and cultural sources.
                                 132

-------
     WEST

     REVERSE
  10 -
  20 -
UJ 30 H
ui
U.
  40 -
a.
LJ
a
  50-
  60 -
               V.  =1215 F/S
                 * 2166  F/S
              V3 = 2763 F/S
                               SURFACE
                                           FILL MATERIAL
                               CLAYEY  SAND?
                              SANDY  CLAY?
                                                    EAST

                                                  FORWARD
                                                                    - 10
                                                                    - 20
                                                        - 30
                                                                    - 40
                                                                    - 50
                                                                    - 60
                                                                    - 70
Figure  74 .
Geologic  section  interpreted  from seismic  data

 (seismic  velocities  in  feet/second).
                                  133

-------
U)
      Geophones
                           Single Channel
                            Multi Channel
                              yy «/\ f\ r. . ^
                                ^ /y/\ A ^» ^ » Art .- .
                                 u v v V/v^" f v^
                                 V*l A /\ A /*V j^ /\ j^

                                  Vv V V/ v * v"
                           Magnetic  Tape
                                                       Manual Pick of

                                                       Arrival Times
                                                         Computer
TD Plots
                                                                                    interpreted

                                                                                  Geologic Section
      Figure  75.  Flow  diagram  showing steps in processing and  interpretation

                   seismic refraction data.

-------
      T/D Plot
                t-
                o>
                                                     1000
                                           500
                               1000
                 o-
                   0
                                  Distance
      Model
1000

Well -Cemented
Soils
500
Loose
Fill
Material
1000

Well -Cemented
Soils
Figure  76 .
Time/distance plot showing lateral velocity change.
Such a plot could be obtained when the refraction
line crosses a burial trench.    (velocities in
meters/see.) .
                               135

-------
     The  seismic  method is inherently a station measurement
because geophones must  be  implanted in the surface of the ground.
This makes  the  method relatively slow when compared to the other
continuous  techniques.

  Capabilities
     o  Seismic refraction measurements can provide depth and
        thickness of  subsurface geologic layers including depth
        to  rock and water  table.

     o  Seismic velocity of the layers can be related to their
        physical  properties including composition, density and
        elasticity.
     o  Disturbed soil  zones  can often be  detected and mapped,
        permitting the  location and delineation of burial zones
        at  HWS.
     o  Depth  to  bottom of disposal areas  and landfills may be
        estimated without  drilling.

Limitations
     o  Seismic data  is gathered as a station measurement and
        involves  relatively slow field procedures compared to
        continuous methods.
     o  Interpretation  requires that site  condition be relatively
        uniform to obtain  highly accurate  results.
     o  The seismic method is very susceptible to vibration
        noise.
Examples

Determining Depth and Thickness  of  Clay Layer for Proposed
Disposal Site

     The depth and  thickness  of  a clay layer was required in
an evaluation of natural site  conditions.   A number of seismic
stations were located throughout  the  area  of interest.

     Figure 77 shows one of  the  time/distance plots made during
this survey.   Note  that there  is  very little scatter in the
data forming each line segment;  this  indicates that the each
subsurface layer is relatively homogeneous.   Both forward and
reverse lines were  run to evaluate  dip,  which was found to be
insignificant.   Since no explosives could  be used on this site,
a ten pound sledge  hammer was  employed.   This inherently limited
the maximum depth of the data  and the bottom of the clay was not
detected,  but a minimum thickness could be established.

     Figure 78 shows the localized geologic section constructed
from this single refraction measurement.   The results of drilling
are also shown for  correlation.   The  seismic data had excellent

                                 136

-------
correlation with  the  major geologic changes,  although it did not
detect the subtle  changes  in color which showed up in the boring
logs.

Determining Soil  Thickness and Bedrock Depth at HWS
     A burial  trench  containing drums of hazardous waste was
located in a karst area.   The depth of the residual clayey soil
over bedrock was  of prime  concern in the evaluation of possible
contaminant migration  away from the burial site into the
permeable  bedrock.  The burial trench was known to have been
dug by bulldozers  and  was  believed to be less than 2 to 3
meters deep.    Drilling was not used because of the risk of
opening up a pathway  through the clay to the fractured
limestone.

     Four seismic  refraction stations,  using forward and
reverse lines, were used to determine the depth of the lime-
stone bedrock  around  the burial trench perimeter.   One of
these T/D plots is shown in Figure 79.   There is considerable
geologic scatter in the  data,  which indicates that there are
inhomogeneities within the soil horizon and an irregular soil/
bedrock contact.

     Analysis  of  the  seismic data revealed a steeply dipping
limestone surface  from one end of the trench to the other
 (shown in Figure 80) .    This was cross-verified by the seismic
refraction data taken  on the opposite side of the trench, as
well as the data from  both ends of the  trench.   This multiple
confirmation provided  a  high confidence level in the assessment
of depth to rock without the use of drilling.   Depth to lime-
stone varied from  four meters to ten meters at the two seismic
stations off the ends  of the trench.   These results showed
that there was a minimum of two meters  of soil between the
deepest trench bottom  and  the top of the rock; the risk of
rapid contaminant  migration into the bedrock was judged to be
low based upon this data.
                                137

-------
                                                         a>
                                                         a>
                                                         a>
                                                         o
                                                         c
                                                         o
                                                                  -p
                                                                  en
                                                                   c
                                                                   c

                                                                  "c
                                                                   i

                                                                  rC  4J
                                                                  CT;  -H

                                                                     M

                                                                  ft  fC
                                                                  _[ i  ,—

                                                                  it  O
                                                                     C
                                                                     S
                                                                     o
                                                                  -M  0)
                                                                  0  C
                                                                  0) 'C
                                                                  U  J-l
                                                                  C  It
                                                                  fC  5
                                                                  •4J  i-l
                                                                  (fi  0
                                                                  E  C
                                                                 •H  0
r--

 a;
 >-i
 D
 en
•H
               138

-------
          Seismic  Section
          V I = III? F/S
          V2 = 2222 F/S
          V3 = 4878 F/S
                           Drillhole
                                      Gray Sand
                                      Tan Sand
                                   Tan Sand w/C!ay
                                    Red Sandy Clay
                                       Dark Tan
                                      Sandy Clay
                                    Tan Plastic Clay
                                   Gray Plastic Clay
                                      End of Hole
                                                      o FEET
                                                    — 1 o
                                                    — 20
                                                    — 30
                                                    — 40
Figure 78.
Interpreted  seismic data  (Figure 77)  compared to
driller's  log.
                                139

-------
     40
                           Distance  (in feet)
Figure 79.   Time/distance  plot  of field data showing  forward  and
            reverse  seismic  refraction data.
                                 140

-------
   East
                                                                 West
     V
        o
     a>
     «•-
     c
a.
a>
0 20-
       30
                                      Loess Layer
                                                    / V I = 690 F/S
                   \
                  -  \
                        Probable Outline of Burial Trench   /
              Clayey Soil
            With Chert Blocks
                                      Karst
                                     Limestone
                                                          \12 =2493
                                                                  -10
                                                          V3 = 4I3I F/S
                                                               0 Surface
                                                                  -20
                                                              30
Figure  80.    Geologic  section  resulting from interpretation  of
              seismic data  (Figure 79) .   Estimated  outline  of
              trench is  shown.    (velocities  in feet/second)
                                    141

-------
                          SECTION  VIII

                      METAL  DETECTION  (MD)
Introduction

     Metal detectors  (MD)  are designed to locate buried
metallic objects.   They are commonly used by treasure hunters
searching for  coins  and by utility crews for locating buried
pipes and cables.   In HWS investigations, MD are invaluable
for detecting  buried drums and for delineating the boundaries
of trenches containing  metallic  drums.

     Metal detectors  can detect  any kind of metallic material,
including both ferrous  metals such as iron and steel and
non-ferrous metals,  such as aluminum and copper.    (In  contrast,
another search device,  the magnetometer, discussed in Section
IX, responds only  to  ferrous  metals.)

     Metal detectors  have a relatively short detection range.
Small metal objects  such as spray cans or quart-sized containers
can be detected at  a  distance of approximately 1  meter.    Because
the response of a  metal detector increases with the target's
surface area,  larger  objects  like 55-gallon drums may be  detected
at depths of 1  to 3 meters.   Massive piles of metallic materials
may be detected at depths  of  3 to 6  meters.

     The metal  detector is a continuously-sensing instrument
which can provide  total site  coverage and which is well suited
for locating buried metal.   Experience at HWS investigations has
shown that metal detectors can be effectively used to:

     o  Locate  buried metallic containers of various sizes;
     o  Define  boundaries of  trenches containing metallic
        containers;
     o  Locate  buried metallic storage tanks;
     o  Locate  buried metallic pipes;
     o  Avoid  buried  utilites when drilling or trenching;
     o  Locate  utility  trenches  which may provide a
        permeable pathway for contaminants.

Principles and  Equipment

     A metal detector responds to the electrical conductivity of
metal targets,   which  is relatively high compared to normal levels

                                   142

-------
of  soil  conductivity.   These targets must, of course, be
within the range of  the  instrument  to be detected.

     There are  many  different types of metal detectors available
commercially.    This  document will consider three general classes
of  equipment:

     1.  Pipeline/cable  locators  (Figure  81)
     2.  Conventional  "treasure  hunter" detectors (Figure 82)
     3.  Specialized  detectors (Figures 83, 84 & 85)

     Numerous pipeline/cable locator metal detectors are
commercially  available.   Besides being effective for locating
buried utility  cables and pipes,  they can be used to detect
larger buried targets  such as 55-gallon drums,  with the added
feature  that  they  will  not respond to small unwanted surface
targets like  soda  cans.   This type of detector is commonly used
by  EPA Field Investigation Teams  (Figure 81)  .

     There is also a wide variety of  "treasure hunter" metal
detectors on  the market  (Figure  82).   While many of these units
are generally designed  for locating small coin-sized objects,
some of  them  offer the  option of larger sensor coils, which makes
them suitable for  surveys at intermediate depths.    Some of  these
units are also  capable  of operating in areas where natural soil
conditions  (such as  large amounts of iron minerals)  could
adversely affect the instrument's performance.

     Specialized detectors have  been designed to deal with
unique  problems.   They  are expensive,  not commonly  available,
and require an  experienced operator.   However,  these units are
quite versatile:   working to greater depths,  covering a wider
area with each  pass, producing  continuously recorded data
(Figures  83  & 84),  and  operating from a vehicle when necessary
(Figure 85) .   They are  invaluable for coping with special field
problems such as interference from natural soil conditions and
nearby man-made materials.

     Figure 86  shows the principle of operation and the
functional parts of  the  typical  pipe/cable detector shown in
Figure  81.   The transmitter of  a metal detector creates an
alternating magnetic  field around  the transmitter  coil.  A
balance condition  must be achieved to cancel  the effect of this
primary field at the receiver coil.   Shown in Figure 86,  the
balance or null is accomplished  by orienting the planes of the
two coils perpendicular  to one another.   The primary field will
induce eddy currents in  a metal  target within range of the
instrument.    These eddy  currents,  in turn, produce a secondary
field which interacts with the  primary field to upset the
existing balance condition.   The result will be an output on a
meter and/or an audio signal.

                                 143

-------
Figure 81.
Industrial pipe/cable locator.   This  type detector
is in common use by EPA field  investigation  teams.
                                 144

-------
Figure 82.   Typical  treasure hunter type metal detector  with
            large  search  coil.

                                  145

-------
83.

-------
coil,

-------
00

-------
                   Transmitter
                      and
                    Receiver
                    Circuits
                        Phase
                        Sensing
                        Circuits
                            A
                                               Chart  and
                                               Mag Tape
                                               Recorders
                              / Receiver
                                               Ground  Surface
                          Buried  Drums
Figure  86.
Simplified block diagram  of a pipe/cable  type metal
detector  system.   Primary field  from transmitter is
distorted by buried metallic objects causing upset
of null  at receiver  coil.
                                 149

-------
     Other  types  of metal detectors combine the  transmitter  and
 receiver  coils  into one  sensor package,  and they may  respond to
 the  eddy  currents generated in the target in different ways.
 These  eddy  currents may  be sensed directly by the receiver or
 they may  cause direct loading  effects  on the transmitter. A
 discussion  of  the details of the various types of metal  detectors
 and  their electronics  is beyond the scope of this document.

     Several  factors influence metal detector response:   the
 properties  of the  target,  the properties of the  soil,  and the
 characteristics of the metal detector itself.

     The  target's size and its depth of burial are the two most
 important factors.   The  larger the surface area of the target,
 the  greater the eddy currents that may be induced, and the
 greater the depth at which the target may be detected.   (Response
 is proportional to the cube of the area.)

     For  example,   if all the steel in a 55-gallon drum were
 collapsed into a  solid rod of approximately the  same  length  as
 the  drum, the  rod would  yield a very poor MD response.   However,
 because the steel  mass in the drum is in the form of  a thin
 sheet, there  is a considerably greater area of metal,  in which
 substantially greater eddy currents may be developed.   Conse-
 quently,   a  single 55-gallon drum is an ideal target and may  be
 detected  at distances of 1 to 3 meters depending on the  specific
 equipment used.

     The  MD's  response to a target decreases at  a rate equal to
 reciprocal  of  its depth  to the sixth power (I/depth6).   There-
 fore,  if  the  distance  to the target is doubled,  the MD response
will decrease by  a  factor  of 64.   Consequently,  the MD is a
 relatively  nearfield device;  it is generally restricted  to
 detecting small targets  at relatively shallow depths  or  larger
 targets at  limited depths.   Generally,  most metal detectors  are
 incapable   of  responding to any targets,  no matter how large,
 at depths much greater than 6 meters.

     Although the  shape,   orientation and composition of a target
will influence the  MD response,  these factors will have much less
 influence than will the  size and depth of the target.   Target
 deterioration, however,  may have significant  impact.    Metallic
 containers  will corrode  in natural soil conditions and this
 corrosion can be  accelerated by unusual  conditions at the HWS.
 If a container is  corroded,  its surface area will be  signifi-
 cantly reduced and  this,   in turn will degrade the response of a
metal  detector.   Using average corrosion-rates  for steel  in  soil
 and  considering a range  of drum metal thicknesses,  the life  of  a
buried drum might  range  from 5 to 20 years under normal soil
 conditions.   Under adverse conditions,  however,   this  corrosion
 rate could  be accelerated  by a factor of 5 or more.

                                 150

-------
     High  concentrations  of natural iron-bearing minerals in  the
soil will  limit  the  performance  of many metal detectors.  Simi-
larily, high concentrations of salt water,  acids and other  highly
conductive  fluids will  also reduce the effectiveness of a metal
detector.    Search operations conducted in an area with  consider-
able metallic debris will  range  from very difficult to
impossible.

     Iron minerals,   conductive  fluids,  and metallic debris  will
affect the MD in much the  same way as  a target.   A  false response
will be produced which  may confuse the searcher or  render the
search impossible.    In  the case of metallic debris, the successful
application of a MD  will  depend  on the relative size of the
debris and its density.    It is  obvious that a metal detector
survey for  buried drums could not be conducted if the surface
were to be totally covered with  drum lids.   In such a case, the
detector would respond  to  the drum lids and deeper  targets  would
be masked.

     Some  compensation  for natural soil conditions, metallic
debris, and nearby metallic structures  can be made by using
certain specialized  equipment and modified field procedures.
These are described  in  the sections dealing with field usage and
noise.

     Because the MD's response  weakens rapidly with increasing
target distance,  system gain and instrument stability are impor-
tant.   Coil size is  the only variable which can easily be modified
on some metaldetectors  by the use of interchangeable coils.   The
influences on system response of target size and coil size  are
shown in Figure 87.   These data  shows the detection ranges  for
various common targets  and are presented for two coil sizes.
Since the  equipment  capabilities vary widely,  this curve is
intended to provide  only  an approximate guide to metal detector
response.

Factors to be Considered for Field Use

     Before beginning a metal detector survey,  an estimate  of the
types,  sizes and depths of metallic targets should be made.    Soil
conditions, metallic debris,  fences, and the size of the search
area should be considered.   Finally, the type of MD should be
selected to fit the overall survey objectives.   This may mean
selecting more than one MD to fulfill  a project requirement.

     The pipeline type  of  detector has  often been used by EPA
for locating buried drums.   As  its name implies,  it is also very
effective for locating  buried utilities;   as such,   it is a  dual-
purpose instrument.   Because it  has an effective coil diameter of
about 1 meter  (the distance between the transmitter and receiver
coils), it  is useful in surveys  for larger targets and greater
depths.   Its larger  effective coil size also makes  it somewhat

                              151

-------
©

CO


0>
o
              Coins


              Soda  Cans

              Gallon
              Containers

              55 Gallon
              Drums

              Massive
              Targets
                D

                 n
0.3 Meter Diameter Coil
                        0
                         L
                          234

                         Depth  (in meters)
          a>
          IM
          CO
          0)
          o»
          a
    Soda Cans

    Gallon
    Containers

    55 Gallon
    Drums

    Massive
    Targets
                                              I  Meter  Diameter Coil
                                           I/////A7////////7/J
                                    234

                                   Depth (in meters)
Figure 87.
   Approximate  detection  ranges for  common targets.
   Data is  shown for two  search coil  sizes.   A-wide
   variation  in detection range occurs  because of  the
   many variables involved.
                                  152

-------
insensitive to  small  pieces  of  metallic surface debris,
if the detector is  elevated  above the surface of the ground, as
shown in Figure  81.

     Metal detectors  with coils of smaller diameter  (typically
less than  0.3 meters),  such  as  those  used by treasure hunters,
(Figure 82) are much  better  suited to locating small targets at
limited depth.   If  the field problem is to locate smaller but
critical targets, such as individual  quart cans of toxic
materials,  this  type  of  detector  is  a more logical choice.    The
detector in Figure  82  is shown  with a larger coil which can be
useful for detecting  single  55-gallon drums at depths of up to 2
meters.   These  detectors may also be used to evaluate the extent
and influence of near-surface trash.

     Specialized metal detectors,  such as those shown in Figures
83, 84,  and 85,   are available to  handle unusual site conditions
or to deal with unique project  requirements.   These specialized
metal detectors can provide:

     o  Increased depth  range;
     o  Cancellation  of  interference  caused by nearby fences,
        etc;
     o  Compensation  for unusually difficult soil conditions;
     o  Continuous  recorded  data;
     o  Larger  coil configurations to provide greater width
        of coverage on each  pass;
     o  Vehicle-mounted  configurations to cover very large areas;
     o  Improved semi-quantitative assessments (i.e., estimating
        the depth and number of drums);
     o  Classification of targets.

     One of the more  significant  applications of specialized
detectors is realized  at sites  with  complex conditions.   Here,
the MD output can be  continuously recorded on a strip chart or
magnetic tape for later  plotting  to  provide improved mapping and
analysis.   Vehicle-mounted sensors are almost a necessity if the
area to be surveyed is very  large.

     A simple reconnaissance investigation for the purpose of
detecting the presence  of drum-sized targets may satisfy many
site survey requirements.  On the other hand, remedial action
may call for a  detailed  study to  locate burial trenches with high
resolution and  to provide estimates of the quantity of drums.
The lateral resolution  capability of  MD instruments often permits
the successful  delineation of closely-spaced multiple trenches,
when other techniques fail.   If site conditions are relatively
simple,  a detailed  assessment of  burial site boundaries may be
carried out without recording the  data.   Stakes may be placed
around the burial boundaries as the  survey progresses.
                                 153

-------
     More  complex  sites  may require very detailed  information
and a means of  recording many target locations.   For such
cases,  a  survey grid of  parallel lines should be established
at an interval  which will provide the resolution required.
Typically, such grids may employ spacings of from one meter to
more than  10 meters.   (Survey stakes should obviously be made
of nonmetallic  materials.)   The coarser grid spacing might be
used first to locate larger burial  sites,  tanks or pipeline
crossings;  then,  selected areas of interest could be surveyed
at closer  intervals  for  more complete coverage.   Overlap of
survey lines may be  required at some sites if smaller or discrete
targets are important.   When data is recorded,  the records must
be annotated with  station locations so that the spot can be
located again or for the construction of a location map.

     Depending  on  the size of the area to be covered, hand-
carried or vehicle-mounted systems  may be used.   The vehicle
systems can tow wide coils (typically up to 2  to 3  meters wide)
for greater coverage.   In certain areas, the need for high
resolution may  require a hand search to provide the necessary
details.

     The  effects of  high iron content in the soil or numerous
small metallic  fragments lying on or near the surface can be
minimized by elevating the search coil one to three feet above
the ground.  This  technique is applicable only if the targets are
large enough to be detected at the increased distance from the
search coil.   Figure 84  shows a coil of 1 meter diameter being
used in this mode  to locate massive concentrations  of buried gas
canisters, where the surface of the ground is covered with small
pieces of metallic debris.

Quality Control
     Metal detectors are usually not calibrated.   They  respond
in a relative way;  i.e.,   closer or larger metallic  targets
create a  greater output  level than smaller or more  distant
ones.   An  experienced operator can usually make a reasonably
accurate estimate  of target  size and depth.   However, any
attempt at detailed  calibration will likely be useless,  because
of the many variables  involved.   For example,  "calibration"
curves relating  MD meter response to a steel drum as a  function
of distance may  be accurate under a given test  standard condition,
but unfortunately  these  curves are seldom valid,  because of
the variability  and  complexity of actual field  conditions.
Moreover,   the operator cannot easily determine  the  difference
between a  single drum located at medium depth and several
drums lying deeper.   What he can report,  however,  is that
drum-sized targets are present in certain specific  areas.
                                 154

-------
Noise
     The  effectiveness  of a metal detector is dependent  upon
the  relative  magnitude  of the target-signal,  the noise produced
by the surrounding soil,  and other variables.   The procedure
used to null  a  metal  detector serves to cancel most of the
soil interference; however,  some level of noise from soil
conditions may  be present during a survey.   As the target
response  decreases and/or the noise level increases,  the target
response  will eventually  be lost in the noise.   While it  is
true that the larger  coils will yield better signals from
larger and deeper targets,  they are also more susceptible to
soil effects  and  other  electrical interference.   However, the
larger coils  can be raised,  up to about 1 meter off the  ground,
to minimize both  the  soil effects and the effects of metal
trash near the  surface.

     When the coil is carried too close to the ground,  small
shallow targets may easily saturate the system to a full-scale
response.   When this  occurs,  other targets,  no matter how large,
cannot cause  a  further  increase in response and will,  therefore,
remain undetected.

     It is important  to understand that a metal detector radiates
a field in all  directions (Figure  86) .   However,  its most
sensitive zones are "focused"  directly above and below the plane
of the sensor coils.   This characteristic can be quite useful  in
the field.  The focused response characteristic of the MD will
allow the operator to work relatively near some metallic items,
so long as they are far enough to the side of the sensor coil.
In addition,  the  focused response provides good definition of
the edges of  trenches containing buried drums.

     The  operator must  exercise care to avoid interference from
nearby fences and vehicles,  as well as from buildings and buried
pipes.   For example,  by running a survey line parallel or
oblique to one  or more  unknown pipelines,  the operator can cause
invalid data  to be produced.   Certain welded fence materials and
the mesh  used for concrete reinforcement will provide a  very good
MD response,  despite  the  fact that they are not solid metallic
surfaces.

     Precaution must  also be taken to remove metal from  the
operator,  or  to minimize  its  effects.   Steel-toed boots,
respirators and air bottles can all cause considerable problems
with noise.
                                155

-------
Data, Processing,  Interpretation,  and Presentation

       Unrecorded Data--Most commercial metal detectors have both
audio and meter indicators,  with no provision for directly
recording the information  output.   Reconnaissance-level surveys
with relatively simple  site  conditions  can be handled effec-
tively with these instruments.   MD responses or target locations
can be noted in a field log  or  site  map;  stakes or paint marks
can be placed over  target  centers  or around their boundaries as
the survey proceeds.  This is the  approach commonly used to
locate buried utilities.   Since MD results are generally self-
evident,  further analysis  and processing  are unnecessary.

     An experienced operator using these  simple field proce-
dures,  commercial equipment,  and unrecorded data might be able
to provide the  following:

     o  The location and delineation of buried metallic objects;
     o  A crude approximation of depth;
     o  A crude approximation of size of  discrete targets.

     Recorded Data--Metal  detectors  with  recording capability
should be considered if:

     o  There is a need for  coverage of large areas;
     o  Complex distribution of burial  areas exists;
     o  Semi-quantitative  results  are required;
     o  Difficult soil conditions  prevail;
     o  Documentation is necessary.

     The output from some  specialized MD  can be recorded directly
on strip charts for interaction in the  field or on magnetic tape
for later playback and/or  processing.   Such recorded data is
invaluable in locating and mapping the  boundaries of metal in
randomly-oriented trenches and  burial pits.   Data acquired along
grid or parallel survey lines can  be assembled into an accurate
composite map of the site.

     Both strip chart and  magnetic tape data lend themselves
to computer graphics and processing.  Corrections for profile
linearity and scale/range  changes  can be  made Filtering may be
applied to all or part of  the profile data.   High-frequency
noise from small local targets  such  as  soda cans may be removed
to improve the analysis and  display  of  massive burial sites.
Finally,  the results can be  plotted  in  contour maps or as
3-dimensional views of the combined  data  set.   Semi-quantitative
assessments,  such as the determination  of the number of drums
and their burial depth, are  not easily  accomplished using the
MD method alone.   It is commonly necessary to use other tech-
niques  in conjunction with the  MD  survey  in order to derive
this expanded level of information.

                                 156

-------
Summary

     At HWS, metal  detectors  are primarily used to determine
the presence,  location  and definition of trench boundaries.
They can also  be  used  to assist in the process of selecting a
site for drilling,  so  that metallic containers and underground
utilities are  not accidentally struck during the drilling
operations.   Buried tanks and pipes which may be sources of
leaks can be located; and in  addition,  the location of utilities
may serve to define areas representing more permeable passage-
ways in which  contaminants  may flow.

     Metal detectors will detect any kind of metallic material,
including ferrous metals,  such as iron and steel, and non-ferrous
metals,  such as aluminum and  copper.    (In contrast the magneto-
meter,  discussed  in Section IX,  responds only to ferrous
metals.)

     The metal detector is a continuously-sensing instrument
which can provide total  site  coverage,  and which is well suited
for locating buried metal within its depth range.   The lateral
resolution capability of MD instruments often permits the
successful delineation  of closely-spaced multiple trenches when
other techniques   fail.

     Metal detectors have a relatively short  range.   They  can
detect quart-sized  containers at a distance of approximately
one meter.   The response of a metal detector increases with
the target's surface area;  therefore,  larger objects like  55-
gallon drums may  be detected  at depths up to 3 meters,  and
massive piles  of  metallic materials may be detected at depths
up to 6 meters.   Specific performance is highly dependent  upon
the type of metal detector  used.   Generally,  most metal detectors
are incapable  of  responding to any targets,  no matter how large,
at depths much greater  than 6  meters.

     An experienced operator  can usually make a reasonably
accurate estimate of target size and depth.   However, any
attempt at detailed calibration will likely be useless,
because of the many variables  involved.

     Metal detectors are very susceptible to noise caused by
some natural soil conditions,  unwanted metallic debris,  pipes,
fences,  vehicles, buildings,  etc.

     There are many different types of metal detectors available
commercially,  each,  with  its own  advantages and limitations.  The
choice of a MD should be determined by the type of targets to
be located,  their depth,  the  nature of the soil,  the size of
the search area,   site conditions and other project requirements.

                               157

-------
Capabilities
     o  MD  respond  to both ferrous and non-ferrous metals;
     o  They will detect  single 55-gallon drums at depths of
        up  to  1  to  3  meters;
     o  They will detect  large masses of drums at depths of
        up  to  3  to  6  meters;
     o  MD  provide  a  continuous response along a traverse line;
     o  A wide range  of commercial equipment is available most
        of  which is relatively easy to use;
     o  MD  provide  very good definition of boundaries in burial
        trenches and  pits  containing metal;
     o  Limited  semi-quantitative  information may be obtained
        from the use  of commercial detectors;
     o  Specialized equipment  is  available for recording data,
        coping with unique site conditions,  or obtaining semi-
        quantitative  information.

Limitations
     o  Metal  detectors are inherently limited in depth
        capability;
     o  They are susceptible to a wide range of noise including
        that introduced by natural soil, metallic debris, pipes
        and cables,  and nearby fences and metal structures;
     o  The performance of many commercially-available detectors
        is  marginal for use at HWS;
     o  They are limited in providing quantitative data concern-
        ing the  number  and depth  of targets;
     o  Specialized MD  instruments are uncommon and require
        experienced personnel;
     o  Complex  site  conditions will demand increased levels of
        skill;  special  equipment;  the recording, processing and
        plotting of data;  and experienced interpreters.


Examples

Selecting a Safe Drilling  Site
     When work is being done in a hazardous area,  drill sites
should be positioned  with  care to avoid drilling into disposal
pits, drums, pipes or cables.   Figure 82 shows a proposed drill
site 7x7 meters  in  area which was  selected for a monitor well.

The site was immediately  adjacent  to an area known to contain
extremely hazardous buried materials.   The area was surveyed
by two metal detectors  to  provide  a high confidence level in
selecting the  precise well  location.   A large coil system was
used to detect larger,  deep targets;  a small coil system was
used for the smaller,   shallower targets.   Data was not recorded;
targets were noted  as the  survey  progressed.   They were imme-
diately marked with wooden stakes,  then reverified after
placement of the stakes to eliminate possible position errors.

                                158

-------
The use of  a  rope grid permitted a very rigorous and complete
survey of the  site  to  be completed in a relatively short time.
After completion  of this search procedure, the largest  clear
area was again resurveyed to  verify that  it was,  indeed, free
of metal.    The exact well location was then positioned  in the
center of this  clear area.

Location of a  Single Burial  Trench
     An area  suspected of containing a trench with buried drums
was investigated  using a specialized MD system with a recorded
data output.   The first survey line was run perpendicular to
the obviously  disturbed soil  area and yielded the profile
shown in Figure 88.  This profile shows a very strong response
over a distance of  about  10 feet.   Additional parallel  MD
lines were  run across  the remaining disturbed area.   These
profiles when  plotted  together (Figure 89) show a linear trench-
like feature  composed  of a strong central response and  very
distinctive  boundaries.   Such results are characteristic of a
trench filled  with  a large number of steel drums.   The  same
profile data may  also  be presented in a plan view,  as seen in
Figure 90.   This  format permits exact location of the edges of
the burial  trench,  and subsequent calculation of  its area.
Using depth estimates  from other data, the investigator can
calculate the  volume of the  trench and arrive at an estimate
of the number  of  buried drums.

Location of Multiple Burial Trenches and  Pits

     A large  singular  burial  pit containing canisters of extremely
hazardous materials was  known  to  exist in a field (100 x 180
meters)  that had  been  overgrown by bushes and weeds.   Several
MD reconnaissance lines were  run across the general area to
locate the burial site.   Within an hour,  this unrecorded recon-
naissance survey  revealed that the entire area was a complex
maze of metallic  targets  and,  possibly,  contained multiple  burial
sites.    (At this  point,  the  exact location of the large burial
pit was uncertain.)  Many of  the smaller  targets  could be
attributed to  metal  debris lying on or just below the surface of
the ground.

     It was determined that  a high-density recorded MD  survey was
necessary to properly  evaluate the site.   A detailed survey was
designed using  multiple parallel  lines of 15 meter spacing.
A specialized  detector system  was selected which  provided a
chart-recorded  output  and a search coil one meter in diameter.
The additional  depth capacity  of the large coil permitted it
to be elevated above the ground to minimize the effects of
small fragments of  metallic debris at the surface (See Figure
84) .   The results of this survey produced the data shown in
Figure 91.   This  presentation  clearly indicates the overall
complexity  of  the site.   Although only one large  burial trench

                                159

-------
was believed  to  exist  on the site, this detailed MD  survey
revealed the  existence of smaller pits and trenches  within the
survey area.   This  evaluation would have been very difficult,
or impossible, without the  use of the specialized MD system  and
         TRENCH  -*
          EDGE
                                    ^-TRENCH
                                        EDGE
Figure
Continuously-recorded metal  detector  data over a
trench with buried drums.   Note good resolution of
trench edges.
Figure 89.
Three-dimensional perspective view  of metal detector
data from parallel survey  lines  over  a single trench.
                                 160

-------
CL
       Figure 90.
Plan view map of burial
detector data in figure
trench boundaries based  upon  metal

-------
                                                  View
                                                      NWE
91.
     Perspective viev of
     survey  ^-ines s^oivs a
                      (Sh
                    162

-------
                            SECTION IX

                           MAGNETOMETER
Introduction

     Magnetic measurements  are  commonly used to map regional
geologic structure and  to explore  for minerals.   They are
also used  to  locate  pipes and survey stakes or to map arche-
ological sites.    They are commonly used at HWS to locate
buried drums and  trenches.

     A magnetometer  measures  the intensity of the earth's
magnetic field.    The presence of ferrous metals creates
variations in the local strength of that field, permitting
their detection.   A  magnetometer's response is proportional
to the mass of  the ferrous  target.   Typically a  single drum
can be detected at distances  up to 6 meters, while massive
piles of drums  can be detected  at  distances up to 20 meters
or more.

     Some  magnetometers require the operator to stop and
take discrete measurements;  other  instruments permit the acqui-
sition of  continuous data as  the magnetometer is moved across
the site.   This continuous  coverage is much more suitable for
high resolution requirements  and the mapping of extensive
areas.

     The effectiveness  of a magnetometer can be reduced or
totally inhibited by noise  or interference from time-variable
changes in the  earth's  field and spatial variations caused by
magnetic minerals in  the soil,  or  iron and steel debris,  ferrous
pipes,  fences,  buildings, and vehicles.   Many of these problems
can be avoided  by careful selection of instruments and field
techniques.

At HWS,  magnetometers may be  used  to:

     o  Locate  buried steel containers,  such as 55-gallon
        drums;
     o  Define  boundaries of  trenches filled with ferrous
        containers;
     o  Locate  ferrous  underground utilities,  such as iron
        pipes or  tanks,  and the permeable pathways often
        associated with  them;

                                163

-------
        Select  drilling  locations  that are clear of buried
        drums,  underground  utilities,  and other obstructions.
Principles and Equipment

     A magnetometer measures  the intensity of the earth's
magnetic field.   Variations  in this field may be caused by
the natural distribution  of  iron oxides within the soil and
rock or by the presence of buried iron or steel objects.    (The
magnetometer does not  respond to nonferrous metals such as
aluminum,  copper,  tin,  and brass.)

     The earth's magnetic field behaves much as if there were
a large bar magnet embedded  in the  earth.   Although the earth's
field intensity varies considerably throughout the United
States,  its average value is approximately 50,000 gammas.*
The angle of the magnetic field with respect to the earth's
surface also varies.    In  the  U.S.,  this angle of inclination
ranges approximately  60 to 75 degrees from the horizontal.

     The intensity of  the earth's magnetic field changes daily
with sunspots and ionospheric conditions which can cause large
and sometimes rapid variations.   With time,  these variations
produce unwanted signals  (noise)  and can substantially affect
magnetic measurements.

     If the magnetic  properties of  the soil and rock were
perfectly  uniform,  there  would be no local magnetic anomalies;
however, a concentration  of  natural iron minerals,  or a buried
iron object, will cause a local magnetic anomaly which can be
detected at the surface (Figure 92).

     An example of a  magnetic anomaly indication over buried
drums is shown in Figure  93;  the exact shape of which may vary
considerably.   Typical magnetic anomalies at HWS will range
from one to hundreds  of gammas for  small discrete targets,
depending on their depth.   Massive  piles of buried drums will
result in anomalies of from  100 to  1000 gammas or more.
* The unit of magnetic measurement  is  the gamma.   Recently, the
  gamma unit has been renamed  the Nano Tesla.   At this time, most
  instruments are  still  labeled in  gammas as are specification
  sheets, existing  literature  and field data;  hence, all
  references to magnetic  data  in this  document are expressed in
  gammas.
                                164

-------
  1 \.  K  . \'  \ ' \ . N
                            A ' \  '\ .  \  X ' \
                          \ i\  \  \i  \ 'v
                                    l\ . \l
JX^—5—X-L
             l\ . \l
 \l\l\
                      \' \ '\
        \ I \  I \,  \ , \ I  \l\
                    A '  \  i\ . \l \ I \
   \. \ .V \ IX •NJ
                  .	,> . \r N • \!  \
                  V-l\  \ -XI  \  l\
                                                l
5
               rv^r
                                                       \ \\
             ^:
       \l  \ I V  IV  VI \ l\  \  V"'V IV
             \  \l \ l\  H   \l \ l\  N
VHr
                                           |N
                                     K  \ i \ i\   \  \ rv
                                                          AL
Figure 92.   Distortions in the earth's magnetic  field due
             to concentrations in natural soil  iron oxides
             (left)  and buried iron debris  (right).

     There  is  a wide variety of magnetometers  available commer-
cially; two  basic  types commonly used at HWS are the fluxgate
and the proton magnetometer.   Typical equipment  is shown in
Figures 94 through  97.   A simplified block diagram of a magneto-
meter is  shown in Figure  98.   In a fluxgate magnetometer,  the
sensor is an iron  core which undergoes changes in magnetic
saturation level in response to variations in  the earth's
magnetic   field;  differences  in saturation are  proportional to
variations in  field strength.   The electronic  signals produced
by these  variations  are amplified,  then fed to an amplifier,
whose output drives  a  meter  or  a recorder.

     The  signal  output of a single element fluxgate magne-
tometer is extremely sensitive  to orientation.    To overcome
this problem,  two  fluxgate elements can be rigidly mounted
together  to  form a  gradiometer.   This gradiometer measures the
gradient  of  a  directional component of the earth's magnetic
                                165

-------
CTi
CTi
•o

o

u.

o

0)
C  o
cs  m
CO  «
2  E
c  E
—  oj

o  ra
a  ~
c
a

O
1 00

  80

  60

  40

  2 0

   0
    Figure  93.   Station measurements of a magnetic anomaly  caused by a buried steel  drim.

-------
field.   The  gradiometer  configuration of the fluxgate magne-
tometer, one  which  measures  the vertical component of the
field,   is  the instrument that is discussed in this document
 (see Figures  95,  96, and 97) .

     In a  proton  magnetometer,  an excitation voltage is applied
to a coil  around  a  bottle containing a fluid such as kerosene.
The field  produced  reorients the protons in the fluid; when the
excitation voltage  is removed,  the spinning protons reorient  to
line up with  the  earth's magnetic  field.   By nuclear precession
they generate a signal,  the  frequency of which is proportional
to the  strength of  the field.   The signal is amplified and
the precession  frequency measured  by the use of counter circuits.
The frequency is  electronically translated into gammas and the
output  is  fed to  a  digital display,  a digital memory,  or a strip
chart recorder.   Proton  magnetometers measure the earth's total
field intensity,  and they are not  sensitive to orientation.
However, the  proton magnetometer will cease to function when  it
is used in areas  with  very high magnetic gradients  (above 5,000
gammas/meter) which may  be found in  junk yards or near steel
bridges, buildings, vehicles,  etc.

     Portable cesium magnetometers may have application to HWS
investigations  as recognized by the  authors,  but at the time  of
this writing  they are  unaware of any such successful application
and have not  included them.

     All types  of magnetometers can  be used for taking station
measurements  in the manner shown in  Figures  93  and 94.   The
operator stops, takes  a  reading,  records it,  and moves on to
the next station.    A great many of these station measurements
are required  to cover an area.   Recent improvements in portable
proton  magnetometers have incorporated a built-in microproces-
sor,  so that  the  variables of  time,  station number,  location,
and magnetic  intensity can all be  recorded in memory for later
playback into a printer  or a portable computer for processing.
This new system enables  station measurements to be made more
rapidly.   However,  the minimum sample time for these ground-
portable proton magnetometers  still  ranges between 2 and 4
seconds.   Because it requires many station measurements to
cover a site  adequately,   the station-by-station approach is
not often used at HWS.

     An alternative to the station measurement method is to use
a continuous  measurement magnetometer system,  as shown in
Figures 95, 96, and 97.   These units provide continuous measure-
ment of the gradient of  the  magnetic field as the operator
moves along a traverse line,  and they provide considerably more
detail  than can be  obtained  by station measurements.   By proper
selection  of  the  spacing between survey lines,  total site
coverage may  be obtained at  reasonable  cost.

                                 167

-------
Figure 94.   High sensitivity  (0.1 gamma)  total,  field  proton
            magnetometer being  used for station measurements.
             (Photo  courtesy   Geometric.)
                                 168

-------



-------
Figure 96.  Fluxgate gradiometer:  a continuous  -sensing  high  sensitivity
            (1  9amma/meter)  magnetometer  (Valley of  the  Drums,  Kentucky)
                                       170

-------
"l^i^-sr       
-------
                               Amplifiers
                                 and
                                Counter
                                Circuits
                                                      Chart and
                                                      Mag Tape
                                                      Recorders
                                               Ground Surface
Figure  98.
Simplified  block diagram  of a  magnetometer.
magnetometer  senses change in  the earth's
magnetic field  due to buried iron drum.
A
                                    172

-------
     Two types of magnetic  measurements  may be made.   A  total
field measurement is  made with a proton magnetometer by  observing
the value of  the magnetic field at a selected point (Figure 99a).
A gradient measurement  is the difference between measurements
taken at two  different  points (Figure  99b).

     Figures  99b and  99c  show two methods of taking a gradient
measurement.   A total  field proton magnetometer can be used to
take two total field readings:  the difference between them is
the gradient  of the  total magnetic field  (Figure 99b).   The
gradiometer is a magnetometer composed of two separate sensors,
either fluxgate or proton.   Both sensors respond to the  total
field at their respective locations;  the difference between
them is obtained electronically to provide a gradient reading.
Although the  gradient may be measured  in any direction,   it is
commonly the  vertical gradient  that has  been measured at HWS,
as shown in Figure 99c.   For purposes  of this document,   total
field measurements will imply measurement using a proton magnet-
ometer,  while gradient  measurements will be accomplished by
either proton or fluxgate systems.

      Several factors influence the response of a magnetometer.
The mass of a buried  target is  one factor; it will affect the
magnetometer's response in  direct proportion to the amount of
ferrous metal present.  The depth of the target is an even more
significant  factor,  as  response varies by one over the distance
cubed (l/d^)  for total  field measurements;  this means that the
response will decrease  by a factor of  8  if the distance between
the target and the magnetometer is doubled.   If a gradiometer
is used, the  response falls off even faster, at the rate of one
over the distance to  the  fourth power (1/d4).  If sensors of
identical sensitivity are used,  the total field system provides
the greater working range.

   Another factor which will influence the response of a
magnetometer is the permanent magnetism  of the target.
Ferrous objects will have two superimposed magnetic
values;  one due to induced magnetism and one due to permanent
magnetism.   The permanent magnetism of an object is like
that of a bar magnet.    Its  value may be many times that  of
the induced magnetism,  which may add to or reduce the result-
ing anomaly.   As a result,  the  value of a magnetic anomaly
may vary over a wide range,  making the quantitative analysis
of magnetic data difficult.

     In addition, the target's  shape and orientation
together with its state of  deterioration also affect the
magnetometer's response.    (See corrosion rates for drums, in
Section VIII.)
                                173

-------
Figure 99.
Comparison of  total  field and gradient measurements.
A.   Total field measurement.
B.   Gradient measurement  consisting  of 2 total field
    measurement
C.   Gradient measurement  made with 2 sensors simul-
    taneously.
     Some magnetometer  characteristics are summarized  in
Table 4.   The  maximum  sensitivities (0.1 gamma for total
field measurements,  and 0.05 gamma/meter for gradient
measurements)  shown  in  the  table are rarely required at
HWS.   In  fact,  excessive sensitivity can be a severe
handicap and may  even  inhibit acquisition of usable field
data if the  instrumentation does not have available the
necessary useful  dynamic  range.
                                 174

-------
Factors To Be  Considered For Field Use

     Project objectives,  site conditions, equipment and  field
procedures will all  influence the technical results and  the
cost of a search  and location mission.    Some aspects of  the
project which  should be  considered are:   site access, level
of search  (reconnaissance or detail),  estimate of mass or
quantity of  targets,  maximum depth of  search,  and safety
requirements.   Equipment  features,  including sensitivity,
susceptibility  to noise,  capability for  recording, total
field or gradient  measurement,  continuous or station measure-
ment, recording capability,  and hand or  vehicle mode of
operation must be matched to the  job.

     Although  a reconnaissance investigation  provides less
than total site coverage,  it is often more than adequate to
provide a sampling of site conditions.    Detailed surveys
with a high  density  of survey lines provide a greater degree
of spatial resoluton.   The level  of site coverage may be
increased by degrees until total  site  coverage has been
obtained.   The  use  of a continuous gradient magnetometer is
preferred,  as  it  will provide the highest level of lateral
resolution and  will  minimize unwanted  responses so that
anomalies may be more easily detected.

     If a high-resolution survey  is required over a large
area,  the benefits  of using continuous sensors (Figures
95 & 96) and vehicle-mounted systems  (Figure 97)  are self-
evident .

     The most  difficult  magnetometer  survey task will be to
quantify the depth and number of  55-gallon drums or other
ferrous targets.  Theoretically,  the  total  number of drums
may be calculated from the amplitude  of  the magnetic anomaly
(Figure 100), and their  location  and depth may be obtained
from the shape  and width of the anomaly  (Figure 101).   However,
because of the  number of variables associated with target, site
conditions,   and calculations,  such results should be considered
only approximations.   Actual results may vary by a factor of
2 to 10.   Factors such as the target's magnetic properties,
its geometry,  orientation,  deterioration, and  permanent
magnetism are not considered in the nomograph  of  Figure  100.
Furthermore,  Figures  100  and 101  address only discrete targets
such as single 55-gallon  drums;  the effects of large numbers
of randomly  distributed  drums  are not  considered.   Because of
these many variables,  high levels of  accuracy should not be
expected in  evaluations  of the depth and quantity of drums.
To be realistic,  quantities and depths should be stated  in
terms of a range of  values.
                                175

-------
          TABLE 4.   SUMMARY  OF  MAGNETOMETER CHARACTERISTICS

FLUXGATE
PROTON
TOTAL FIELD MEASUREMENTS
Most Sensitive
Susceptible to Noise
Station
NA
YES1
Continuous
NA
NO2
GRADIENT MEASUREMENTS
Less Sensitive
Insensitive to Noise
Improved Location
Station
YES
YES
Continuous
1
YES
NO
Typical Sensitivity
0.1 gammas/meter to
20 gammas/meter gradient
.1 gammas total field
.1 gammas/meter gradient
NA  - Not applicable
1 -  Commonly used mode of operation
2 -  Maximum sample time for portable proton ground magnetometers
    presently range from 2 to 4 seconds.

-------
     The magnetometer  shown in Figure 95 is extremely  insensi-
tive to nearby  fences,  cars or buildings; it can provide an
effective  reconnaissance  survey for shallow 55-gallon drums,
but would  be  ineffective  for deeply buried drums.    In  the
latter case,  a  magnetometer with greater sensitivity should be
selected  (Figures  94 or 96) .   However,  using an instrument
with greater  sensitivity than necessary can lead to  excessive
noise in the  data, which,  in turn,  will make analysis difficult.

     If a  magnetometer sensor is carried too close to  the
ground,  it becomes susceptible to noise produced by variations
in the magnetic  characteristics of  the  soil.   Raising  the
sensor 3 to 6 feet off the ground can reduce or eliminate  this
noise  (Figures  94  &  96) ,  but at the same time it may appreciably
reduce the  target  signal.   Therefore,  to minimize noise, a
proper balance must  be struck between instrument sensitivity
and operating height.

Quality Control
     The precision (repeatability)  of a magnetometer survey
may not be  a  matter  for  concern if  the  survey is conducted
over a short  period  of time and the results are not to be
compared with subsequent  surveys.   Errors may be present due
to changes  in the  earth's field ocurring over the day of
measurement or during  the  time  interval  between surveys.

Total field measurements  may be corrected for these time
variations by employing a reference base station magneto-
meter;  changes in  the  earth's field are removed by subtract-
ing fixed  base station readings from the moving survey data.
Gradiometers  do  not  require the use of  a base station,  as
they inherently  eliminate  time  variations in  the data.

     Accuracy:   If semi-quantitative or quantitative results
are not needed in  a  survey (such as when merely locating an
object or  defining trench boundaries),  accuracy is of little
concern.    However, if  estimates of  the  depth and number of
drums are to  be  made,  instrument calibration  is very important.
Quantitative  analysis  requires  that field data be fitted to a
model for  interpretation;  therefore,  the values of the magnetic
anomalies must be  sufficiently  accurate  to  do  so.

     Proton magnetometer  sensors are inherently calibrated,
as their operation is  based on nuclear precession;  only their
crystal-controlled counters may require occasional factory
calibration.   On the other hand, fluxgate magnetometers are
not calibrated;   they will  require calibration if accurate
results are to be  obtained.   (A laboratory calibration of any
magnetometer  can be  accomplished by using a standard magnetic
field created by a set of  coils carrying a known current.)
However,  a much  more practical  approach is a  reference  magnet,

                                177

-------
            500-
                         . 1
 4   6  8 10
Meters
20 3040
Figure 100.  Total  field magnetometer response (in gammas)
             for  different  target distance and mass.   Due
             to  the many uncertainties associated with mag-
             netic  anomalies,  the estimates shown in this
             graph  may vary up to an order of magnitude.
              (Modified from S. Breiner).

which is an invaluable  aid  in  the field.    It provides  a  quick
way to verify  instrument operation and to perform an in-field
calibration.    This  reference magnet will itself require  cali-
bration to absolute  standards  at periodic intervals.

Noise
     Noise is  any unwanted  signal or response, and  a large
signal-to-noise ratio  is desirable.   Noise may be caused by
time variations such as the natural changes in the  earth's
field and  by spatial  variations.   Spatial noise may be asso-
ciated with changes  in local soil conditions or produced by
passing over ferrous  debris.
                                 178

-------
                Buried  Drum
                          B
                                 B'
                                    C'      D'

                          PLAN  VIEW SHOWING

                          TRAVERSE LOCATION
                                                       N
                                                       c1
                                                       D'
Figure 101.
Magnetometer response  will  vary considerably
depending upon  traverse  location and direction
with respect to the target.
                                179

-------
     The effects of  time  changes in the earth's field can be
eliminated from total  field measurements by using a second
magnetometer as a base  station.   The time changes sensed by
the fixed base  station  are removed from the values obtained
by the roving search magnetometer.   The result of this
process is a series  of  measurements showing only the spatial
changes in the magnetic field.    (A gradiometer accomplishes
this process  automatically.)

    By lifting  the sensor up off the ground and carrying it at
some distance above  the surface,  as shown in Figures 94 and 96,
the noise due to natural  soil and rock variations and small
particles of metal debris  can be minimized.   At the same time,
the increased target-to-sensor distance will not appreciably
reduce the instrument's response if the target,  for instance,
is a massive pile of 55-gallon drums.   However, if the  target
is only one steel drum,  the sensor's response may fall  off
dramatically as a  result  of  its  increased  distance  from the
target.   In this case,  the advantage of reducing noise  must be
weighed against the  accompanying disadvantage of decreasing the
instrument's sensitivity.

     Cultural features  can cause large unwanted anomalies in
magnetic  data.   For  example,  a buried pipe may be the cause
of a large magnetic  anomaly,  but it can often be identified as
such and be separated  from other targets.   However,  if  a  single
55-gallon drum  is buried  next to a large iron pipe,  the drum
probably will not be identified as a separate target and could
remain undetected.

     Noise interference from personal effects and clothing
may also be a problem.   The solution is to eliminate all ferrous
material from the operator's  person.   Steel-toed boots  and
some respirators are sources  of noise,  but they may be  required
safety measures at certain locations.   Noise from this  equip-
ment must be minimized  by keeping the sensor as far from the
operator as possible.

     If the magnetometer  is mounted on a vehicle,  the sensor
must be as far  from  the vehicle as possible,  and/or it  must be
compensated for the  presence  of the vehicle.   Some influence
can always be expected  from the vehicle; to minimize its
effects,  survey lines  should be straight,  and they all  should
run in the same direction to eliminate the directional  effects
of the vehicle  and provide for simple visual analysis of the
field records.


Data Format,  Processing,  Interpretation and Presentation

     A magnetometer's output  will depend upon the instrument

                                 180

-------
used.   Audio  signals,  analog  meters,  digital numeric displays
and recorders,  and  strip chart recorders are all commonly
used.

     Proton magnetometers  provide a numerical value which
can be recorded in  a  field notebook or directly on a map.
Newer equipment  has an internal  memory which stores field
data.   This data may  be retrieved as a printed tabulation or
plot,  or fed  directly to a computer for processing and plotting.
Raw values may  be plotted directly on a map or profile line to
provide in-field quality control  and initial interpretation.
Final presentation  of data is typically limited to profile
lines locating  anomalies or contour maps showing the location
of buried,  material.

     The simple hand-held magnetometer shown in Figure 95
provides only an audio  signal  to  the operator.   This type
of instrument has a continuous response and can he swept
from side  to  side across a traverse line.   The audio response
indicates  the presence  of  a target, which can be marked with
a non-ferrous stake as  the survey progresses.   Locations of
anomalies  may be recorded in  field notes,  but no output  from
the magnetometer is recorded  or  noted directly.

     The location of  an anomaly  can be determined in this
manner with reasonable  accuracy.   However,  the angle of the
earth's field must  be considered,  as the target may be offset,
not necessarily lying under the  largest portion of the anomaly
 (Figure  102).    Further,  the shape of a magnetic anomaly can
be complex, and in  the  vicinity  of the target,  it may vary
from one traverse to  another  (Figure 101).

     A magnetometer with continuous recording capabilities
can be used to  produce  a strip chart or a digital record of
the field data.    Such magnetometers provide the field party
with a graphic  profile  of  the data and assist in assessing
signal-to-noise   ratio,  anomaly shape,  and target location;
such records, thereby,  provide a means of exercising quality
control  over field data.   The raw records can be used in the
field to locate  buried  drums,  to define boundary limits,  and
to provide estimates  of  the depth and mass  of targets.   The
same records may be replotted into final profile lines with
corrections for instrument range  changes and spatial position
variations.

     A number of processing options may be  carried out on
magnetic  data.   They  include:
     o  Corrections for  instrument drift;
     o  Corrections for  changes  in the earth's  field;
     o  Filtering to  remove noise;
                                 181

-------
     o  Enhancement  or removal of surface targets,  or deeper
        targets  as  required.

     Data  can  be interpreted quantitatively  to  provide anomaly
locations  along  a profile line or burial areas on a map.   Semi-
quantitative data for depth and mass  (number of drums)  can be
obtained by the  use  of a model  (see Figure 100) and calibrated
instruments.    However,  error factors of 2 to 10 may occur in
such calculations.


              Direction  of Earth's Field
                      \
North
Figure 102.   Diagram of magnetic anomaly over burial  trench.
              Note  that the peak anomaly may  not  necessarily
              lie over the center of the trench due  to the
              angle of the earth's  field.

     Raw magnetic  data,  such as a strip chart record  of  a
profile line,  may  be sufficient for final presentation (Figure
103) Simple  maps may be drawn to show the concentrations  of
suspected  buried drums (Figure  104) .   If  'high resolution data
is  available,  a  map can be contoured to provide  more  detailed
information.    A  graphic presentation may be  made by compiling
parallel profile lines into a three-dimensional  image of  the
magnetic data  (Figure  105).
                                182

-------
Summary

     A magnetometer  responds  to the presence of buried ferrous
metals.   At HWS, magnetometers  may be  used to:
     o  Locate buried  55-gallon drums;
     o  Define boundaries  of  trenches  filled with ferrous
        containers;
     o  Locate ferrous underground utilities,  such as iron
        pipes or tanks,  and the permeable pathways often
        associated with  them;
     o  Aid in selecting drilling locations that are clear
        of buried  drums,  underground utilities,  and other
        obstructions.

     While several  factors  influence the response of a magneto-
meter,  the mass of  a buried target and its depth are the most
important.   A magnetometer's  response  is directly proportional
to the mass of ferrus  metal present and varies by one over
the distance cubed (l/d^) for total  field measurements.    If a
gradiometer is used, the response falls  off even faster,  as
one over the distance  to the  fourth power (1/d^).  With sensors
of equal sensitivity,  the  total field system provides the
greater working range.    Typically,  a single drum can be detected
at distances up to 6 meters,  while massive piles of drums can
be detected at distances up to  20 meters or more.   There is a
wide variety of magnetometers  available  commercially; specific
performance is highly  dependent upon the type of magnetometer
and the field conditions.   While the number of drums may be
calculated,  such results should be considered only approxima-
tions because of the number of  variables associated with
targets,  site conditions and  calculations.   Actual results may
vary considerably.

     A magnetometer  with continuous recording capabilities can
be used to produce  a strip  chart of the  field data,  which is
helpful in assessing signal-to-noise ratio,  anomaly shape,  and
target location,  and provides  a means  of exercising quality
control over field data.   This  continuous coverage is much more
suitable for high-resolution  requirements and the mapping of
extensive  areas.

     The effectiveness of a magnetometer can be reduced or
totally inhibited  by noise  or interference from time-variable
changes in the earth's field  and spatial variations caused
by magnetic minerals in  the soil,  or iron and steel  debris,
ferrous pipes, fences, buildings,  and  vehicles.   Many of these
problems can be avoided  by  careful selection of instruments
and field techniques.
                                 183

-------
oo
                  MAJOR ANOMALIES




               I         I




           IRON FREE
       NO ANOMALIES
                                                                     MAJOR ANOMALIES
  Figure  103.  A single  magnetic profile line showing  a wide range  of  magnetic anomalies

-------
00
(Jl
              N-
          1 OOFT
           SCALE
                          e
                  FEW OR NO  MAGNETIC
                      ANOMALIES     ^
                                                                     /
                                 S
                                   /
                                     /
                                       /
                       MODERATE  M A G NET J C
                            ANOMALIES
     x^
    Figure  104.
Simple contour map of magnetic  anomalies shows relative concentration
of buried drums (buried  55-gallon  drums are inferred).

-------
00
     Figure 105.
Three-dimensional perspective  view  of  magnetic profiles over a trench
containing buried drums.

-------
Capabilities
     o  Magnetometers  respond to ferrous metals  (iron or
        steel.)  only.
     o  Individual  drums  can be detected at depths up to
        6  meters.
     o  Large masses of  drums can be detected at depths of
        6  to 20  meters.
     o  Magnetometers  can provide a greater depth range
        than metal  detectors.
     o  Interpretations  of their data may he used to provide
        estimates of the  number and depth of buried drums.
     o  They can provide  a continuous response along a
        traverse line.
     o  They may be mounted on vehicles for coverge of a
        large site.
Limitations

     o   In general,  magnetometers are susceptible to noise
         from  many different  sources,  including steel fences,
         vehicles,  buildings,  iron debris, natural soil minerals
         and underground utilities.
     o   Low cost  units  are limited in depth range  (but their
         limitations  make  them insensitive to many of the  above
         sources of noise).
     o   Total  field  instruments  are also sensitive to
         fluctuations in  the  earth's magnetic field which  can
         seriously  affect  data.
     o   Data  is  of limited use in determining the number  and
         depth  of  targets.
     o   Complex  site conditions  may require the use of highly
         skilled  operators,  special equipment,  and the  recording
         and processing of  data,  along with  skilled interpreta-
         tion.

Examples

Determination  of  Drum Distribution--
     An  old covered  dump  in  a marshy area was suspected of
containing  drums  of  hazardous  waste.   Location of the areas
containing  major  concentrations  of drums was necessary in order
to undertake  a ground water  sampling  program.   The area  (300 x
400 meters) was  surveyed,  using  a continuously-recordi.ng
gradiometer.   Approximately  70 lines  spaced 10 meters apart
were used to cover the site.   The lo-meter spacing was selected
because  only  large groups  of drums were  of interest.

     Magnetic  data from  a typical profile line is shown in
Figure 103.   Note the many strong magnetic anomalies on the right
portion of  the line,   indicating  the presence of numerous  ferrous

                                 187

-------
targets in this area.   The anomaly-free area to the  extreme  left
shows that little  or no dumping had taken place there.

     Analysis of the  remaining  magnetic profiles yielded,  the
magnetic anomaly contour  map  shown in Figure 104.   The  subsequent
ground water  sampling program was designed using this infor-
mation.

     Note that  in  such a survey the presence of drums is
inferred, not determined  conclusively,  from the magnetic  data
alone.   However, drums were observed on the surface  and had  been
encountered in  limited subsurface  sampling  therefore the overall
map is a good indicator of drum distribution.

Burial Trench Location--
     Officials  suspected  that hundreds of drums containing a
highly toxic substance  had been dumped into a burial trench  in  a
rural area.   A  chain link fence, 30 meters by 30 meters,  was
erected around the site.   Estimates concerning trench location
and the depth and  quantity of drums were needed for  a sampling
program and to make  recommendations for remedial, action.

     Multiple parallel  passes were made perpendicular to  the
suspected trench using a continuous gradiometer magnetometer.
The end survey  lines  were within 3 meters of the steel chain link
fence,  a situation which affected the magnetometer data.   The
resulting profiles,  shown in  Figure 105,  were  spatially-corrected
for variations  in  walking speed along the traverse,  amplitude
corrected for the  effects of  the chain-link fence, and plotted  by
computer.   These results  confirmed suspicions that the trench was
totally filled with  steel drums; the data was instrumental in
determining trench boundaries and estimating the quantity of
drums.
                                 188

-------
                            SECTION X

                           APPLICATIONS


Summary of the  Six  Geophysical  Methods

     This section presents  a  summary of the six geophysical
methods discussed in this document.   The following tables
highlight features  of each  method and are intended as general
guidelines to provide the  reader  with a capsule summary of the
capabilities and limitations  of the  six methods,  including
factors which may affect their  measurements.   These tables are
based on extensive  field experience,  and they present data which
will be applicable  in most  cases.   However, the reader should use
them as guidelines,  recognizing that exceptions may occur because
of the wide range of site  conditions and project objectives.

Table 5 - summarizes the primary technical characteristics of the
          six methods,  including:   mode of measurement,  depth of
          penetration,   relative  resolution,  and data format.

Table 6 - outlines  primary  (more  suitable or more commonly used)
          and secondary (less commonly used or less effective)
          applications  of each method.

Table 7 - lists sources of  noise  which may affect the performance
          and utilization of  each method.

     No single  method,  whether  traditional direct sampling or one
of the contemporary geophysical techniques,  will  solve  all   site
investigation  problems.   All  the  methods discussed are founded on
sound scientific  principles  and  can be extremely  effective  in the
field;  but any of them  may  fail,  when  improperly  applied  or when
applied to the wrong objective.    The methods and approach
discussed in this document  have been successfully applied to a
number of site  investigation  problems as  outlined  in  Table 6.  A
large number of sites have  been evaluated throughout the United
States with a diverse set of  both hazardous waste and
geohydrologic  conditions.    In addition,  the approach has been
used repeatedly in  evaluation of  new disposal  sites,  and to
evaluate conditions after clean up or remedial action has
occurred.   By selecting the most  suitable methods,  combining
methods,  and utilizing  the  synergistic benefits of an integrated
                                189

-------
  TABLE 5   CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SIX GEOPHYSICAL METHODS
1. Ground Penetrating
   Radar (GPR)
2.  Electromagnetics (EM)
         RESPONDS TO
           CHANGE IN

Complex Dielectric Constant of
toll, rock, pore fluid*, and
man-made objects
                              Bulk electric conductivity of soil,
                              rock and pore fluids (Pore fluids
                              tend to dominate)
3. Resistivity Sounding (RŁS)   Bulk Electrical roslstlvlty of soil.
                              rock and pore fluids (Pore fluids
                              tend to dominate)
4. Seismic Refraction
                             Seismic velocity of soil or rock
                             which Is related to density and
                             elastic properties.
        MODE OP
      MEASUREMENT

Continuous Profile .4Km/hr.
detail - 0 Km/hr.  reconnaissance
(Ground contact not necessary)
                                    Continuous Profiles to ,S to IS
                                    meters depth.  Station measure-
                                    ment* to 15 to  60 meters depth.
                                    Some sounding capability
                                    (Ground contact not necessary)

                                    Station Measurements for
                                    profiling or sounding (Must
                                    have ground contact)
                                    Station Measurements
                                    (Must have ground contact)
        DEPTH OP
      PENETRATION

One to ten meters typical-
highly site specific.
Limited by fluids and colls
with high electrical con-
ductivity and
by fine grain materials.

Depth controlled by system
coll spacing .S to 60 meters
typical
                                   Depth controlled by elec-
                                   trode spacing.  Limited by
                                    space available  for array.
                                    Instrument power and
                                    sensitivity become Im-
                                    portant at greater depth.

                                   Depth limited by array
                                   length and energy source.
                                                                                                                                       RESOLUTION
                                                                                                    Greatest of all six
                                                                                                    geophysical methods
                                                                                      RAW DATA FORMAT

                                                                                        Plcture-Ilko graphic display.
                                                                                        Analog tape
                                                                                        Digital tap*
                                                                                                    Excellent lateral
                                                                                                    lutton .  Vertlcle
                                                                                                    resolution of 2 layers.
                                                                                                    Thin layers may not be
                                                                                                    detected.

                                                                                                    Good vertical resolu-
                                                                                                    tion of 3 to * layers.
                                                                                                    Thin layers may not
                                                                                                    be detected.
                             Good vertical resolu-
                             tion of 3 to 4 layers.
                             Seismic velocity must
                             Increase with depth -
                             thin layers may not be
                             detected.
                                                                                        Numerical values of conductivity
                                                                                        from station measurements.
                                                                                        Strlpchart and/or magnetic
                                                                                        recorded data yields continuous
                                                                                        profiling.

                                                                                        Numeric values of voltage;
                                                                                        current and dimensions of array.
                                                                                        Con plot profile or sounding
                                                                                         curves Irom raw data.
                                                                                                                            Numeric values of time and
                                                                                                                            distance. Can plot T/D graph
                                                                                                                             from raw data.
 S. Metal Detector (MD)
 6. Magnetometer (MAG)
Electrical conductivity of ferrous
and non-ferrous metals
 Magnetic susceptibility of
 ferrous metals
Continuous (Ground contact
not necessary)
 Continuous Total Field or
 gradient measurements.
 Many Instruments ere limited
 to Station measurements.
 (Ground contact not necessary)
                                                                        Single 55 gal. drum up to
                                                                        3 meters
                                                                        Massive ptles SS gal. drums
                                                                        up to 6 meters
                                                                 Very good ability to
                                                                 locate targets
 Single 55 gal. drum up to      Good ability to
 6 meters                     locate targets
 Masslv« piles SS gal. drums
 up to 20 meters
                                                       Relative response from audio/
                                                       visual Indicators (may record
                                                       data)
                                                                                                                              Non-quantitative response frcra
                                                                                                                              audio/visual Indicators.
                                                                                                                              Quantitative instrument {provide
                                                                                                                              meter or digital display (may
                                                                                                                              record data)
                   1.  Depth is also related to equipment capability.

                   2.  Depth Is very dependent upon Instrument used.

-------
TABLE 6 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS OF THE SIX GEOPHYSICAL METHODS
                            Application
                                                                   Radar
                                                                                   EM
                                                                                                            Seismic
                                                                                                                             MD
                                                                                                                                        MAG
NATURAL CONDITIONS -
Layer thickness and depth ol soil and rock
Mapping lateral anomaly locations
Determining vertical anomaly depths
Very high resolution of lateral or vertical anomalous conditions
Depth to Water table
SUB-SURFACE CONTAMINATION LEACHATES/PLUMES -
Existence of contaminant (Reconnaissance Surveys)
Mapping contaminant boundaries
Determining Vertical extent of contaminant
Quantify magnitude oi contaminants
Determine flow direction
Flow rate using 2 measurements at different times
Detection of organlcs floating on water table
Detection & Mapping ol contaminants within unsaturated zone
LOCATION AND BOUNDARIES OF BURIED WASTES -
Bulk Wastes
Non-Metallic containers
Metallic Containers
- Ferrous
- Non-ferrous
Depth of burial
UTILITIES -
Location of pipes . cables, tanks
Identification of permeable pathways associated with loose
fill In utility trenches
Abandoned Well Casings
SAFETY -
Pre-drllling site clearance to avoid drums, breaching trenches, etc.

1
1
1
1
2

2 *
2 »
2 •
NA
2 *
NA
2 •
2

1
1

2
2
2

1

1
NA

1
1 - Denotes primary use
2 - Denotes possible appllc-itlons, secondary use; however. In some special case*
NA - Not applicable

2
1
2
1
2

1
1
2
1
1
1
2*
1

I
1

1
1
2

1

1
NA

1

2 may


1
1
1
2
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
2*
1

1
1

NA
NA
1

NA

NA
NA

2


1
1
1
2
1

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

2
2

NA
NA
2

2

2
NA

NA

be the only effective approach



NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA

1
1
2*

1

1
1

1

due to circumstances.


NA **
NA **
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA

1
NA
2*

1

1
1

1



           Limited applications
          • Not applicable In the context used In this document.

-------
TABLE   7.    SUSCEPTIBILITY   OF   GEOPHYSICAL   METHODS    TO   "NOISE"
                        This table ihowj the susceptibility of the geophysical methods to %sirious forms of "nolao" wMc>» may Influonco
                        flalJ operation, resulting dou and subsequent Interpretation.
                  SOURCE
                  OF NOlSt
                                           RADAR
                                                                                       SCISM1C
OurteJ Pipes



Metal Fences



Overhead Wires
(powerllnes)



Ground Vitratlons
Airborne Electro-
magnetic Nclse

Ground Currents
and Voltage
Trees



MetJl fron Buildings.
Vehicles , etc.



Snail Metallic Dobrts
on Surface or Near
Surface (nails , wire
coathangcrsj
Large Metallic Defcrls
on Surface or Near
Surfaco (Drums, Drum
Covers, etc.)
Susceptible to noise from
will detect.
but nay
affocl d-ati

NA



2
only if
unshielded
antennas
aro used
»
NA



NA
2
only If
unshielded
antennas
aro used
2
only if nearby
& unshielded
antennas
are used
2



2



I
only If close-
to plpo

i
to fence


1




NA
2



NA
NA



2
only If nearby



NA



2



I
on]/ If survey
Is parallel ar-r1
close by
2
lino la parallc
& closo to
fence
t.'A




NA
2



2
NA



2
only If nearby



NA



2



2
only If survey
Is directly
over
NA



NA




1
NA



NA
2
(Wind r.olsc)



NA




NA



NA



1
o;iy metal
plpos

2
ncarty


NA




lift
2



NA
NA



2
only If nearby



1



1



,
3tccl t-lpCS
only

1
only


2
sono r.a^s
respond


,.,
1 to 2
(Earth's rieli
Changed

NA
NA



2
cr.ly if nearby



1
ferrous metal
only

1

only .

                  ground contact/ Electrode
                  problems
                              1 -  Very Susceptible
                              2 -  Minor Problem
                             NA -  Not Applicable
                                                                     192

-------
systems approach,  high levels  of accuracy and cost-
effectiveness can  be  achieved  in subsurface investigations
of HWS.   The  following discussion will illustrate some of the
trade-offs or compromises  that may be required in applying the
methodology to HWS  investigations.

Detecting and Mapping Conductive Plumes
     Table 8  compares the  capabilities and limitations of the
EM and resistivity methods for detecting and mapping conductive
plumes.   Table 6  indicates that radar is a less effective or less
commonly used means of measuring contaminant  plumes.   This does
not mean that radar cannot be  used to map the top of a shallow,
electrically-conductive plume;  it can.   Most  of the time,
however,  it will be more productive to use EM or resistivity for
that purpose.   Even so,  if information concerning shallow soils/
cementation and other   variables  is  considered to be an  import-ant
factor in assessing the migration of contaminants,  the radar
method might be used  to  complement EM or resistivity data.

     Furthermore,  both EM  and  resistivity may be rendered totally
ineffective by noise  from  a variety of sources;  for  example, the
presence of nearby  railroad tracks or buried  pipes  may be found
to make measurement impossible.   In that case, the radar method
might be used with great success,  where the other methods had
failed.

     The final decision  as to  which method to use should be made
only by those with  a  comprehensive understanding of the entire
array of methodologies.   In many cases the program should be
designed to be flexible with respect to the decision-making
process,  so that a  final determination can be made  in the field,
after conditions have been examined first-hand.

     In weighing  the  use of resistivity versus EM on a particular
project,  it must  be decided whether profiling or sounding data are
needed,  and how much  of either  will, he  required to produce a
statistically valid measurement.   The required level of detail,
quantification of  results,   and data format should be established
before work is begun.

    The resistivity and EM methods are compared in  Table  8.
Both resistivity and  EM  are capable of vertical sounding:
however,  the vertical  resolution of the  EM method is  limited.
The depth to which  sounding data can be obtained with resistivity
is virtually unlimited:  depths of 100 meters or more are easily
obtained.   EM, however,  is limited to approximately 60 meters
depth, based upon  the equipment discussed in  this document.
Therefore,  the resistivity sounding technique is the preferred
approach if detailed  vertical  information such as depth to
                                193

-------
     TABLE  8.   COMPARISON  OF  RESISTIVITY AND  ELECTROMAGNETIC METHODS
                               RESISTIVITY
ELECTROMAGNETICS.
Vertical Sounding Capability
Depth of Sounding Measurement
Profile Station Measurements
Continuous Profile Measurement
Relative Lateral Resolution
Relative Speed of Measurement
Total Site Coverage
Susceptible to Noise and
Buried Pipes/Cables
Electrode Contact Problem
Overall Length of Wenner Array
or Coll Separation for given
Sounding Depth
Length of Array or Coil
separation for given profile
Yes
Not Limited
Yes
No
Good In Profile Mode
Good
Not Generally Economical
Yes
Yes
6-12 times Depth *
of Interest
Typically 4.5 to C times depth*
(Minimum of 3 times depth)
Yes (limited number of depths available)
60 meters maximum with equipment
discussed
Yes - to 60 meters depth
Yes - to 15 meters depth and at speeds
up to 8 Km/hr
Good in profile mode with station
measurements. Excellent in continuous
, profile mode.
Very Rapid
Feasible at reasonable cost
Yes ( continuous measurement
aid identification of pipes cj,d cables)
No (operates through dry sands, concrete
blacktop, etc.)
Less than 2 times depth of interest *
2/3 Depth *
Comparison of depths of resistivity and EM measurements ore only approximation;; because of
differences In contributions from various depths inherent in each methods.

-------
bedrock, depth to water table,  or depth and thickness of the
soil/rock layers is required;  or when data deeper than 60
meters is required.

     Although both resistivity and EM can be used for profiling
work, EM is limited to  about  five discrete profiling depths to
60 meters.   This limitation of EM is more than made up for
by its capability for  rapid measurements,  and continuous
profile measurements at up to  15  meter depths.   Continuous
profiling measurements  have extremely high lateral resolution
and can be run at speeds  from 1.5 to 8 km per hour, depending
on the detail required.   The  resistivity method is not capable
of producing these continuous  profiling measurements,  due to
the need to set electrodes in place to make contact with the
ground.

     Both resistivity and EM  measurements can miss a subsurface
feature or contaminant  plume  if the station or profile line is
in the wrong location;   however,  with the capability of continuous
EM profiling,  a site can  be covered by a number of lines with
very close spacing, to  approach total site coverage.   While
the high lateral resolution inherent in a continuous EM measure-
ment can be approximated  by a higher-density resistivity survey,
cost and time considerations  do not make this a very practical
approach.   EM measurements are preferred for profile  work,
particularly where continuous  sampling can be employed.

     Both resistivity and EM  methods are susceptible to noise
due to buried pipes,  cables,  fences and other metallic cultural
features.   They are also  susceptible under some conditions to
electromagnetic noise created  by  powerlines.   Because the number
of resistivity stations is usually less  than is  used  for EM,
it is difficult to assess if  cultural noise is affecting a
particular resistivity  station measurement.   This leaves a
degree of uncertainty as  to the validity of that data.   When
using EM many more stations are used or continuous data is
acquired which aids in  evaluation of noise interference.
When noise can be recognized,   it is often possible to remove
it or take it into account in  data interpretation.

     The requirement of ground contact in the resistivity method
creates additional problems not encountered with the  EM method.
Because electrodes must be driven into the ground,  conducting a
resistivity survey over a concrete or blacktop surface or hard
soil can be a difficult task.    If the surface material is
resistive (dry sand), the electric current will be difficult to
inject.   Furthermore, the resistivity method is disproportion-
ately affected by resistivity  variations in the surface soils
near the electrodes.
                                195

-------
     Another  factor  that  influences the choice and  applicability
of the methods  and  their  spatial resolution is the physical
length of  resisitivity arrays,  or the EM coil separation,  required
to make a  measurement  to  a  given depth.   The overall  resistivity
array length  will typically be  6 to 12 times the depth of
interest with a Wenner configuration.   Information  to a  depth  of
20 meters  will, therefore,  require an array of 120  to 240  meters
in overall length.   Finding accessible space on a site to  place
this long  array may  be difficult.   Further, longer  arrays  are
more likely to  be influenced by noise factors and electrode
contact problems.    On  the other hand, the overall length of  the
EM coil separation will be  less than two times the depth of
interest.   Again,  in the case of data to 20 meters depth, the
EM coil spacing will be between 20 and 40 meters, as compared
to 120 to  240 meters for  resistivity.

     Array length or coil spacing also determines the volume
of subsurface that is  sampled;  the resistivity method integrates
a larger volume than does the EM method.   The EM method will,
therefore, provide  an  improvement in lateral spatial  resolution,
as well as the  capability to work in tighter quarters.

     In summary,  the resistivity method is the preferred tool
for obtaining vertical sounding information; the EM method
provides the better  tool  for profiling.   If high-resolution
to depths  of  no more than 15 meters is required,  EM is,
preferred  over  the  resistivity  method because of its continuous
profiling capabilities.

     Each  technique  is susceptible to noise from a variety of
sources and there will be instances where one technique will
fail to function  at  a  site  due  to noise,  while the other
technique will  function perfectly.   For example,  both methods
have been  used  successfully under high-voltage transmission
lines,  and each method has  at one time or another failed under
such conditions.  To be successful in carrying out a field
investigation under  such  conditions requires that both
resistivity and EM options  be available to  the field party.

Comparison of Methods  to  Detect Buried Metals
     A comparison of metal  detector and magnetometer techniques
for use at hazardous waste  sites is shown in Table 9.   A metal
detector will respond  to  both ferrous and non-ferrous metals,
while a magnetometer will respond only to ferrous metals.
Therefore, it is  necessary  to determine what metals may be
present in order to  select  the  proper instrument.

    The metal detector is a continuous-sensing device and may  be
used on continuous  traverse lines,  or may be swept from side to
                                 196

-------
TABLE  9.   COMPARISON  OF  METAL DETECTOR  AND MAGNETOMETER METHODS
                                METAL DETECTOR
                                   MAGNETOMETER
         Detects
         Ferrous Metals
                                   Yes
                                                                 Yes
         Detects
         Non-ferrous Metals
    Yes
                                                                  No
         Responds to
 Surface area
 of target
Mass of target
         Provides continuous
         coverage
   Yes
Yes (some equipment
limited to station
measurement)
        Define boundaries of
        buried materials
        (lateral resolution)
Very good
Good
        Depth of detection '
Relatively shallow

Single Drum up to  3 meters

Massive piles of drums
up to 6 meters
Shallow to deep,
depending upon
sensitivity and
configuration

Single Drum up to
6 meters

Massive piles of
drums up to 20 meters
        Noise problems
Susceptible to metallic pipes,
fences, vehicles and surface
trash, as  well as some soil
conditions
Susceptible to ferrous
pipes, fences,  vehicles
and surface trash as well
as some soil  conditions
        Ability to quantify data
Very limited capability
Limited estimates of
depth and quantity
                                           197

-------
side to cover an area.   Some magnetometers are also capable
of this continuous coverage,  while many commonly available
magnetometers are  limited  to taking discrete station measure-
ments.   Recent  improvements  in magnetometers allow fairly
rapid station measurements to  be  taken.   However,  for small,
discrete, critical targets,  continuous magnetometer coverage
may be required to provide sufficient resolution and greater
probability of  detection.

     Metal detectors  have  relatively shallow depth-sensing
capability.   A  single 55-gallon steel drum may be detected at
depths up to 3  meters,  while massive piles of steel drums may
be detected at  depths up to  6  meters,  depending upon equipment
sensitivity.   Magnetometers  can sense a single steel drum to a
depth up to 6 meters  and a massive pile of steel drums to a
depth up to 20  meters.

    Metal detectors provide  reasonably good spatial resolution
to pinpoint the location of  a  target.   Magnetometers,  however,
do not provide  the same  level of definition of target location
because they are affected  by the  dip of the earth's magnetic
field,  and the  shape  of  the  magnetic anomaly is more complex.

     Both metal detectors  and magnetometers are highly
susceptible to  interference  from  nearby metallic cultural
features such as pipes,  fences,  vehicles,  metallic surface
debris and even some  soil  conditions.   Any of these factors
can produce an  erroneous response from the metal detector, a
response which  may be incorrectly interpreted as a subsurface
target.   Because metal  detectors  are relatively short-range
devices,  they can  be  operated closer to such sources of
noise than can  most magnetometers.   Proton magnetometers are
susceptible to  interference  from  high magnetic gradients and
nearby power lines, whereas  fluxgate gradiometers  do not
suffer from these  shortcomings.

     The metal  detector  outputs are usually qualitative  and,
therefore,  have limited  capability to evaluate the size and
depth of targets.  Magnetometers,  because  their output can
be calibrated and  equations  are available,  can provide data
for estimating  the depth and number of  drums.   Due to the
wide range of variables  which may influence these  instruments,
any estimate from  metal  detector  or magnetometer data regarding
the depth and especially the quantity of drums should be
considered an approximation.

     In summary, both the  metal detector and magnetometer
respond to ferrous metals,  but only the metal detector will
respond to non-ferrous metals  as  well.   The metal detector
is normally limited to  detecting  metal  objects lying at rela-
tively shallow  depths, but  the magnetometer can detect metallic

                                198

-------
objects buried at deeper  levels.   The MD is capable of pin-
pointing the  location  of  a buried object with somewhat greater
accuracy than the  magnetometer.   Careful measurement and use of
combined data from  both MD and magnetometer will aid in estima-
ting the depth and  quantity of buried drums,  and will often allow
reasonably accurate estimates  to  be  made.

     In planning metal detector and magnetometer surveys,  an
estimate must be made  of  what  it is the investigator is looking
for,  and its  estimated depth of  burial.   For example, looking for
single isolated drums  at  depths  of 10 meters  is an unreasonable
survey requirement, due to the depth limitations of both instru-
ments.   The area to be surveyed and the spatial resolution re-
quired should be considered in deciding how best to provide a
statistically  valid measurement.   If the objective of the program
is to provide a  first-approximation assessment for large burial
trenches,  the sampling grid spacing  can be  increased.    In an
extremely critical  situation where buried materials might inter-
fere with a drilling operation,  the survey grid will be tightened
up so that overlap  between the survey lines occurs, to provide a
measurement with a  high margin of safety.

Use of GPR to Locate Buried Drums
     Radar can be  and  has  been used to locate buried steel drums
 (Figure 106) .   However,  if soil conditions are not favorable for
radar penetration, or  if  the relationship between the orientation
of the buried drums  and the  radar antenna is not optimal, or if
too much noise or  too  many subsurface reflections from other
sources are present  in the data,  the drum(s) will not be detected.
Furthermore, there are many  sources (other than drums)  which
produce hyperbolic reflections.   The presence of  a  hyperbola,
therefore, does  not  inherently imply  the  existence  of  drums.  If
the site contains  a  buried pile of drums,  the composite reflec-
tions will be very difficult  to identify  as  drums.   However,  it
will certainly be  possible to say that an anomalous condition
exists.   Since there are  other methods and instruments,  such as
metal detectors  and  magnetometers,  to detect buried drums with
much greater certainty, even when soil conditions are bad, it
would seem prudent to  consider these  two  methods first.    On the
other hand,  if site  conditions (such as proximity to a steel
building)  make the use of  a  metal detector or magnetometer impos-
sible, radar does provide  a  secondary alternative.   If the depth
of a drum, or depth  to the top of a pile  of  buried drums is
required,  radar  may  provide  estimates with a high level of accur-
acy than could be  derived  from metal detector or magnetometer
data.
                                198a

-------
 Three Buried 55 GafJon Drums ;
          _ '  ,           I"
                I ,
'     'I

I      I
 I
T
                                                 .1
Figure 106.   Radar record over three buried 55-gallon steel
            drums.
                              199

-------
Site  Investigation  Considerations

      This  section outlines some procedural steps and variations
in conducting  a  geophysical  survey of a hazardous waste site.
Figure  107  shows some important resources and tools which may  he
used  effectively for  the  HWS investigation.

      While  this  document  deals with only six of  the contemporary
surface geophysics  methods shown in the  lower center portion of
Figure  107,  background information, traditional  methods, computer
and analytical capabilities,  technical experience and
professional and technical personnel  are all important factors.
Just  as the geophysical  methods provide  synergistic support  to
each  other,  all  of  these  factors provide synergism to the
project.   In addition to  these technical components, other
factors affecting the hazardous waste site assessment plan are
shown in Figure  2.   Factors such as budget,  natural site
conditions,  cultural  features,  hazardous waste type,  access,
positioning, safety considerations,  logistics,  legal
requirements,  social/economic considerations — all will influence
the planning,  execution and results of a hazardous waste site
investigation.

      Some  site investigations may be  relatively  straightforward,
consisting  of  only  a  few  days of on-site effort,  while others
may be  more  complex,  requiring many weeks.   The  following
example (addressing the geophysical effort only)  illustrates
some  considerations which may be required for various levels
of effort.

Small or Simple  Site  Investigation
      A  simple  site  investigation may require only reconnaisance-
level geophysics with little if any subsequent interaction.
Such  an investigation (outlined below)  might consist of three
phases: (1)  planning,  (2)  field operations,  and  (3)  analysis
and report.

      The field investigation may consist of:
      o  Initial  site  characterization  (establishing background
        values and  evaluating cultural  features,  noise,  etc.)
      o  Establishing  survey  grids
      o  Data acquisition  and quality  control
      o  Direct sampling  (not required on all projects)
      o  Analysis and  report.
A more  extensive effort may  be required for  a large or complex
project, an  example of which is shown below.

Major Site  Investigation
      Planning
          o  Establish objectives
          o  Review existing data (aerial photos)

                                 200

-------
                            /      EXISTING DATA
                            f    FEDERAL AND STATE PUB
                            I       AERIAL PHOTOS
                            V       TOPO MAPS
    KJ
    O
                                          TRADITIONAL APPROACH   \
                                        DRILLING AND LAB. TESTS OF  \
                                             SOIL AND ROCK       J
                                           AND MONITOR WELLS    /
LOCAL INFORMATION
    DRILLERS
  CONTRACTORS
    AGENCIES
    SITE VISIT
                                                                                OTHER DIRECT 8AMPUN6
                                                                                     METHODS
                                                                                 CONE PENETROMETER
                                                                                    PIEZOMETER
                                                                                   IN SITU SENSOR
                        SOIL MECHANICS
                        ROCK MECHANICS
                         HYDROLOGY
                                         SUBSURFACT EVALUATION
                                       OF HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
                       EARTH SCIENCES
                          GEOLOGY
                       GEOMORPHOLOGY
                       GEOCHEMISTRY
                       GEOSTATISTICS-
                                                                                ANALYTICAL CAPABILITIES
                                                                                  COMPUTER IMAGING
                                                                                   MATH MODELING
                             AIRBORNE REMOTE SENSING
                                                                                       DOWN HOLE GEOPHYSICS
                                                            SURFACE GEOPHYSICS
Figure  107,
Technical  resources  and  tools  which
at hazardous waste  sites.
                                                                      may  be  applied to  subsurface  investigations

-------
           o   Visit  site
           o   Establish field survey requirements
                   Coverage considerations
                   Depth and resolution
                   Determination of techniques to be employed
                   Accessibility
                   Safety
                   Logistics and coordination

      Field Operations
           o   Reconnaissance
                   Safety  considerations
                -   Site familiarization
                   Initial site characterization  (establish
                   background  values,  and evaluate cultural
                   features,  noise,  etc.)
                   Check fit of plan to actual conditions
           o   Survey
                   Establish survey grids
                   Data acquisition and quality control
                   Initial direct sampling  (soil and/or water
                   samples)
                   "Fill-in"  data acquisition  (geophysical/
                   direct)  based upon preliminary findings
           o   Design  and execution of major direct sampling and
              laboratory analysis program
           o   Review  and integration of all data with analysis

     Final Analysis  and Report

     It  is essential to clearly establish and periodically
review the objectives of  a  project.   Initial efforts in the
planning phase  would include  review of existing data as a
critical part of  establishing  the objectives,  especially in
major site investigations.   Generally,  a considerable amount of
information is  available  and  can be obtained from a variety of
sources,  such as  topographic  maps,  aerial photos,  local USGS
office publications,   and  government soil publications.   Many of
these readily available documents contain a wealth of information
and are worth the  time  it  takes to obtain and review them.

     A site visit  provides  information for use in optimizing the
field investigation  plan  and  in safety planning.   Those personnel.
involved in planning the  field operations should participate in
the site visit  whenever possible.

     The area to  be  included  in the site investigation and the
density of site coverage  are  important factors to be considered
when establishing survey  requirements.   It is often imperative to
survey an  area  larger than the actual  site itself in order to
                                 202

-------
establish background values,  local trends, and develop the
overall  "picture".   Coverage of an area much larger than the  site
itself  is  common in plume measurements and is an important  factor
to be considered  in planning,  logistics and budgeting.

     The resolution  requirement will  determine the density  of  the
site coverage.   A survey of insufficient density may miss desired
information,  whereas  an excessively high-density survey results
in unnecessary  expenditures.

     The accessibility  of a site will affect the time it takes to
conduct a survey.   Trees,  brush,  trash piles and property fences
can all cause serious delays for a survey team.   If accessibility
is a problem, trees  and brush can sometimes be removed, or
surveys can  occasionally be designed  around them.   Permission  to
enter the property  should be acquired prior to on-site
activities to ensure  optimum utilization of the field party's
time.

     Providing  for  personal safety is always of utmost importance
when designing a  field  survey.   A safe plan of investigation must
be preceded  by a  thorough evaluation  of existing  data  and an
on-site reconnaissance  to reveal safety hazards requiring
special attention.   Depending on the  outcome of this  evaluation,
proper protective headgear,  eyewear,  footwear,  clothing and
respiratory  equipment should be  utilized.   If safety precautions
are necessary, they will certainly slow down field operations,
particularly in hot weather.   Decontamination procedures will
also add time to  a field survey.   Other factors to consider are
the safety hazards  involved in use of the geophysical  equipment,
such as the  high voltage and currents associated with resistivity
measurements, or  the  danger of injury from explosives,  if they
are used in  a seismic survey.   None of the safety hazards
associated with  the use of geophysical equipment  poses a serious
problem to an experienced  field  crew,  but they all may become
critical considerations  if inexperienced persons  are  in the
field.

     After the field  requirements have been established,  the
actual field operation  begins with a  reconnaissance effort
incorporating general familiarization with the  site,  a review of
safety considerations,  and a check of the "fit"  of the plan to
actual site  conditions.    The survey work can then begin.
Initially,  the geophysical survey should establish both nearby
and background values from off the site to aid in Understanding
the setting  and to have  values  for comparison.   In addition, the
potential for cultural  interference must  be evaluated.   By  means
of this initial reconnaissance,  the on-site geophysical project
manager can  usually obtain a quick overview of natural site
conditions and cultural  activities which might affect subsequent
operations.

                                203

-------
     Some  site  investigations  require that geophysical survey
lines be referenced  to  the legal land boundaries, while other
investigations  do not require  establishing any survey base.    For
example, the boundaries of a burial  trench delineated by a metal
detector may be marked  in  the  field without relating the trench
location to legal land  boundaries.   The necessity to have a
geophysical survey grid tied into a formal land survey ususally
depends upon the  technical and legal requirements of  the  project.

     Even  though a formal  land survey may not be required, all
on-site work should  be  tied to local references,  so that any part
of the survey can be checked or repeated,  or an anomaly located,
with sufficient accuracy.    In  many cases,  however,  the total
cumulative error in  positioning can easily be large enough so
that the location of a single  drum,  or the definition of the edge
of a trench, may not be accurately  indicated.   This will  require
that the geophysical team  support  any remedial action work,  or
stake it out in the  field  directly,  so that exact locations may
be obtained.

     Sampling of spatially varying  data may be accomplished by
discrete,   as well as continuous measurements.   If we can estab-
lish the size of the smallest  feature in the data that will  be of
interest,  we can indeed design a survey so that adequate resolu-
tion can be obtained by discrete  station measurements.   Before
the survey, however, we will not  often be able to accurately
estimate the minimum sample distance.   Hence,  if our estimate is
sufficiently in error,   our data will  be  in error.    (Review con-
cepts of discrete and continuous  measurements in Section 111,
Figure  17.)  To minimize the possibility of making  such errors,
to achieve maximum resolution,   and  to minimize project costs,
continuous methods are recommended whenever possible.

     Basic quality control  for the  field survey involves a number
of factors including:

     0  Checking that instrumentation  is  working  properly;
     0  Assuring that the positioning of stations is sufficiently
       accurate;
     0  Noting stations accurately on  recorded data;
     0  Noting unusual conditions;
     0  Monitoring signal-to-noise ratios;
     0  Plotting data in the field;
     0  Evaluating initial  results for reasonableness.

     Quite often, only  the relative  values from the geophy-
sical data are needed to identify a  potential  problem  area.
In such cases we may not be concerned with the repeatability
or accuracy of  the measurements,  but only with the  finding
that an anomaly exists  (e.g.,   high conductivity).   From such
information we  can further evaluate  the anomaly by
                                203a

-------
resistivity sounding,  drilling,  trenching,  or whatever
method is appropriate  to  the  mission.

     When more  than  one  geophysical method is being used, and
if surveys are  to  be repeated at a later date, quality control
and repeatability  of the measurements also becomes an important
consideration.    In some  cases it may be desirable to establish
a background test  site so that all instruments on subsequent
surveys may be  referenced to  this  standard.   Then if changes
in seasonal conditions (temperature,  snow cover, frost,  rain-
fall,  etc.)  have occurred,  the extent of their influence can
be evaluated and compensated  for by corrections to instruments
or data.   Time  level of  quality  control required at a site will
vary considerably  depending upon project  requirements.    There
is little need  for a high-level  quality control program  if  the
project objectives are straightforward,  such as a metal  detector
survey to identify burial site boundaries.   Overkill  here will.
simply add needless  cost  to the  program.   But when legitimately
required,  an in-field  quality control program should be  estab-
lished,  ensuring that  only those procedures that are considered
necessary will be  performed.

     Correlation with  existing data (drill logs, ground  water
chemistry,  etc.) may be  done  before,  during,  or after the
geophysical  survey.   Sufficient  data may already be available
from existing monitor  wells or soil analyses.    In some cases,
additional direct  sampling may be  required in anomalous  areas
identified by geophysical methods.   Many times, however, the
geophysical survey will  he carried out with little or no exist-
ing site information;  in those instances,  geophysical data  can
be used effectively  to locate monitor wells or other direct
sampling stations.

     In some cases,  technical, safety,  and legal considerations
may preclude direct  sampling  and it is frequently necessary
to determine subsurface  conditions without their benefit.   For
example, the survey  objective may  be to define the location
and boundaries  of  buried materials without drilling because
of the high safety risk  involved.   When this  situation occurs,
a systematic survey  using multiple  geophysical, methods often
provides the investigator with the ability to semi-quantify
subsurface conditions  without direct  sampling.   In many
instances,  a highly  accurate  evaluation has been made without
direct sampling; in others, virtually no conclusions can be
drawn without further  direct  investigation.   The results of
surveys made without actual direct sampling are,  of course,
more speculative,  and  the limits of accuracy  from such a survey
should be clearly  recognized  by  all concerned.   When direct
sampling is required,  considerable care must  be exercised to
avoid creating  problems  such  as  might result  from drilling
                                 204

-------
into hazardous waste or  drums.   Of course drilling operations
for the  evaluation  of  natural subsurface conditions will
usually  present no  safety hazards.

     Preliminary data  analysis  is  often done in the field.
The analyses will often  indicate the need for additional
measurements, and will aid  in the  selection of additional
geophysical methods.   Final analysis will usually be done in
the office with the support of  manual and computer calculations.

     Although data  analysis can yield a solution from a
geophysical measurement,   the solution is not unique.   Other
information must be integrated  to  arrive at an assessment which
portrays,  in geological  rather  than physical terms,  actual  site
conditions.  This process  requires a trained and experienced
interpreter.   The more complex  the site conditions or the overall
problem,  the greater the level  of  skill that will be required.
In many  cases, experienced  personnel can accomplish this
integration and interpretation  process quite rapidly and
effectively.

     While experienced personnel may be able to interpret much
of the required information directly from the raw data, computer
processing can be a significant aid in its  analysis.   Processing
is also  used to improve  the presentation of the data,  so  it may
be better understood by  persons not familiar with geophysics.
Computer processing generally is used to:

     o  Assist in handling  larger  quantities of data.
     o  Apply corrections to the data  (e.g., for non-linearities
         and  calibration).
     o   Compensate  continuous data for spatial non-linearities
        due to variations  in speed when traversing the survey
         line.
     o   Remove cultural  responses  such as pipelines,  etc.    This
         cleans up data which may otherwise  be extremely complex
        to interpret.
     o   Perform modeling calculations to aid interpretation of
        the data (e.g.,  forward and inverse calculations  for
         resistivity sounding interpretations).
     o  Evaluate data  amplitude, frequency,  or phase.
     o   Process the data to improve technical aspects or visual
        presentations.
     o  Correct or  exaggerate vertical or horizontal scales to
        present data in  the best visual format.
     o  Plot stacked profile lines.
     o  Contour data.
     o   Create three-dimensional plots,  with various viewing
        directions   and angles.
     o   Filter data to eliminate unwanted "noise".
                                 205

-------
     o  Overlay multiple  sets  of  data,  such as maps,  site plans,
        geophysical data, etc.
     o  Analyze multiple  data  sets,  for correlation and
        statistical trends.

     Finally, all  existing  and new field data is reviewed and
a final report written.   Since there is generally no unique
solution to be found  in  a given set  of  geophysical  data,   the
mere acquisition of data  (through the use of geophysical methods)
does not in itself provide  the solution to a site assessment
problem.    Interpretation  of the data is required,  and the
accuracy of the interpretation will  depend on the training and
experience of the  interpreter.   The  more complex the problem,
the greater are the  demands on this  skill.

Examples of Field  Investigations

     The following examples describe the use
of geophysical methods at a variety  of  hazardous waste
sites.   The examples  are  taken from actual site investi-
gations.    These five  cases  include:

     1)   Investigation of Natural Setting Prior to Construc-
         tion of a Disposal  Site.
     2)   Mapping and  Characterization of Bulk Buried Wastes.
     3)   Delineation  of Trench Boundaries.
     4)   Mapping and  Assessment of Landfill Leachate Plume.
     5)   Locating  Monitor Wells at an Uncontrolled Hazardous
         Waste Site.

Investigation of Natural  Setting
     In selecting  a  site  for waste disposal, an evaluation was
required of a natural clay  layer believed to exist over limes-
tone  bedrock.   Data  on  the lateral  extent, continuity and
thickness  of the clay layer was needed  to evaluate the effective-
ness of the clay in  preventing contamination of the underlying
limestone   aquifer.

     Seismic refraction  and resistivity sounding surveys were
conducted  over the area.    Samples from  several augured holes
were obtained to determine  the physical and chemical properties
of the clay, and to correlate  with the  geophysical  data.
Seismic refraction and resistivity produced a faster,  more
reliable survey at lower  cost  than could have been achieved
with just  monitoring wells.   Borings could not be made through
the clay layer;  for  if improperly sealed,  they would have
created potential  pathways  for the migration of contaminants.

     Ten seismic refraction lines were  located over the 25-acre
site to obtain adequate coverage.   Since explosives were
prohibited at this site,   a  hammer was selected as a seismic

                                 206

-------
source for the  shallow work.   The use of a sledge hammer  source
limited  the  seismic  station lines to a length of approximately
30 meters, providing information to a depth of 10 to 12 meters
Five-foot geophone spacings were used to obtain detailed
information  regarding site  variability.   Initially,   forward  and
reverse  seismic  lines were  made to check for possible dip of the
underlying strata.   From the first few seismic lines, it was
found that the  bedding was  horizontal and the remaining stations
were run without  the  reverse  line,  in order to reduce costs.

     The seismic  data in Figure 108(a) indicated a  three-layer
system which was  tentatively identified as sand,  sandy clay  and
massive  clay (this data  is  shown in detail  in Figures 77 and 78).
The length of the seismic line was not sufficient to detect
the top  of the  limestone because a small hammer was used;
however,  calculations provided the minimum depth to the top
of the limestone, and a  minimum thickness of the overlying
clay layer was  obtained.   The lack of geologic scatter in the
seismic  data indicated  that the materials were fairly uniform.

     Five resistivity sounding stations overlapped  the seismic
stations.   Wenner array  soundings  were carried out  to 100-meter
electrode, or  "A" spacing,  and sounding data was obtained to a
depth of  "A" approximately  30  meters.   The resistivity data
was of "text book" quality  with virtually no geologic noise.

     The interpreted resistivity data indicated a four-layer
system (Figures 63 &  64).   The first three layers corresponded
to the sand,  sandy clay  and massive clay layers identified by
the seismic  method.    The fourth layer was  identified as limes-
tone.    The  depth to top of limestone was calculated at 12
meters and the  massive  clay layer was determined to be ahout
8 meters thick;   these results are  summarized in Figure 109.

     The geophysical  survey results were confirmed by use of
five shallow auger borings  which also provided samples for
laboratory mineral and permeability analysis.   The  auguring
log also provided detailed  information about the color of
sand samples, which  were not  discernible in the seismic and
resistivity   results.   The borings  were limited to 10 meters
so that  the  clay  layer would  not be penetrated.   The auger
log revealed seven sediment layers,  varying from dry sand to
clayey sand,  sandy clay  and massive plastic clay (Figure 109).
Major soil changes disclosed  by the auger correlated well  with
the seismic  and resistivity results.   As shown in Figure 78,
the top  of the  massive  clay layer was established at 7.5 meters
depth by the seismic method.   This was within 1/3 meter of the
depth established by  the  auger.   The resistivity interpretation
identified clay material  beginning at about 3 meters,  and a
massive clay at 7.5 meters.   The homogeneity and flat-lying
                                 207

-------
              40
            
-------
        FT 0-
                   Generalized
                 Geologic Section
           10-
KJ
O
           20-
           30-
           40-
                      Sand
                    Sandy Clay
                        to
                    Clayey Sand
                   Massive Clay
                    Limestone
   Result of
  Resistivity
   Sounding
13.000 OHM-Ft
 Quartz  Sand
7000 OHM-Ft
  Sandy  Clay
  70 OHM-Ft
     Clay
 350 OHM-Ft
  Limestone
   Result of
    Seismic
   Refraction
  1100 Ft/Sec
Dry Quartz  Sand
                      2200 Ft/ Sec
                       Sandy Clay
                      4900 Ft/Sec
                          Clay
 Minimum Depth
   Calculated
to Bottom of Clay
    31 Feet
  Result of
Auger Boring
 Gray_SŁnd[

 Tan Sand
                     Ton Sand w/Troce Clay

                      Red Sandy Clay


                      Ton Sandy Clay
                      ^••» •, • ^»—^•m»<^^— ^M*

                      Tan Clayey Sand
                       Gray Plastic
                           Clay

                       Auger Boring
                        Terminated
                                                           -0 FT
                                                           -10
                                                           -20
               -30
                                                           -40
   Figure  109.   Comparison of  data  obtained  by  auger,  seismic  refraction and resistivity
                   methods.   Interpretation of  this  data  yields  a generalized  qeologic  section

-------
strata  of  the  subsurface structure permitted excellent
correlation between  the  seismic,  resistivity, and auger data.

     The combination of  two geophysical methods provided good
correlation both vertically and laterally.   With the overlap-
ping positions of  the seismic  and resistivity stations,
excellent  spatial  coverage of  the  site  was achieved.  The
geophysical data,   together with the data from the five auger
borings, provided  a very  high  level  of confidence  in  the
estimates of the depth,  thickness and continuity of the clay
layer.

Mapping and Characterization of Bulk  Buried Wastes

     A  buried disposal site was thought to be located in an open
grassy  area, 300 meters  wide by 400 meters long,  which had been
used as a playground.  A small  river  bounded the  park on one
side.    Stream sediment analysis had shown high concentrations of
organic compounds,   but the extent and depth of the toxic wastes
believed present were unknown.   A subsurface investigation using
six monitor wells  had revealed  trace  levels of contaminants at
the site.   However,  the  location of the burial  site  and the extent
and type of contamination  were  still  unknown.

     The objectives  of the geophysical work were  to locate
and map any buried disposal  areas,  to provide an estimate
of the  depth and volume  of contaminants,  and to assess the
positions of the six monitor wells with respect to the buried
wastes.   Initial reconnaissance surveys using ground penetrat-
ing radar  and  electromagnetic  indicated  that anomalous soil
conditions existed between several  of the monitor well locations.

     Parallel survey lines were established 15 meters apart
for electromagnetic  and  radar measurements.   Data from both
measurements revealed the  boundaries  of  the disposal area.
Figures 110 and 111  show the boundaries  based upon  EM data.
Radar was unable to  penetrate  to the  base of the  contaminants
due to  the conductive nature of the contaminant material.
Radar did indicate that  the top of the waste was  within one
meter of the surface.  Electromagnetic soundings  indicated
that the maximum depth of  the  buried  material was probably
not more than 5 meters.   The amplitude of the EM conductivity
data in Figure 110 provided an  estimate of the quantity of
buried wastes.

     The burial area was then  surveyed with a magnetometer to
check for the presence of  steel  drums.   A high sensitivity,
0.1 gamma total field magnetometer was found to be ineffective
due to  the extremely high variation in magnetic susceptibility
of the soil and/or waste material.   Since the objective of
the magnetometer survey  was  to  look for the presence of
relatively shallow buried  steel drums,  a fluxgate gradiometer

                                210

-------
                                                    BORING  LOCATION
Figure 110.
Three-dimensional

"riTsite
                               perspective view of EM data  showing  spatial  extent
                                                 y-  Six borings  have  missed  the

-------
ISJ
M
ISJ
           H-


          1
           (D
        HI O
        H-O
        (D
           O
        O h- '
           O
        CO  rt
        13-
        O  O
        !-.  hh
        H-
        P  M
        n- o
           rr
        O  H-
        hh <|
           H-
        tT rr
        H-fU
        (D  Hi
        O- O

        O  fu
        O  M
           H-
        P
        rr
        CQ

-------
magnetometer was used,  at reduced sensitivity,   to  minimize
the effects  of  the wide variations in magnetic  response due
to soil or  waste material.   Only two distinctive magnetometer
anomalies were  found  which might have been single steel drums.
The magnetometer survey indicated that the buried materials
consisted primarily of  bulk wastes with possibly a few scattered
drums.

     Radar,   EM  and magnetic surveys were completed within
three additional days and revealed the detailed boundaries
of the burial zone.   (The boundaries were identified and
marked in the field.)    The field data was subsequently computer
processed, and  detailed maps (Figures 110 and 111)  were produced
in less than a  week.  These figures  demonstrate two different
forms of  data presentation.   The three-dimensional figure
gives the viewer a quick grasp of the extent and magnitude of
subsurface  conductivity.   The contour map provides an accurate
means of  locating  contaminant boundaries.

   Final,  analysis  indicated:
   1)   The material was not containerized but was dumped in
       bulk.
   2)   The existence  of a few buried steel drums was possible.
   3)   The bulk material  was highly  conductive.
   4)   The top  of  the material was quite close  to the surface
        (less than  1 meter deep)  and the bottom  of the material
       was variable,  but  less than 5 meters  deep.
   5)   An estimate of the volume of  the waste was possible,
       based upon  the magnitude  of EM data in Figure 110.
   6)   The material was a fly ash matrix containing other toxic
       contaminants  (identification  was based on samples from
       one drill hole).

Location and Delineation  of Trench Boundaries
     A number of burial sites containing an unknown quantity
of steel drums  were reported by  an eye witness  to the burial.
The drums were  suspected  of containing highly toxic wastes.    The
exact number of individual sites was unknown, but four possible
burial sites had been tentatively defined within an overall
area of a few hundred acres.   These areas were  identified on
aerial photographs which  showed  clearings in an otherwise
densely forested area.

     The  first  project  objective was to conduct an initial
survey to search the  four possible target areas for the
presence of buried drums.   This  initial survey was carried
out using a  commercial  pipe/cable-locating metal detector (as
in Figure 81) .   The detector was selected on the basis that it
was to be handled  by  one  person,  and maneuvered through dense
underbrush.   This  particular equipment is a reasonable choice
for reconnaissance work when the drums are at shallow depth,

                                213

-------
or in sufficiently massive  groups  to enable detection at
greater depths.   In  order for a metal detector to detect steel
drums it must  be  passed directly over a single drum, or over
the edge of  a  trench containing a number of drums;  therefore
each of the  four  prospective sites was given total  site coverage
due to the suspected critical  nature of the buried waste.

     This reconnaissance  metal  detector data was not recorded;
instead, the operator simply made  notes of his findings and
marked any target locations  with survey flags.    (This practice
is quite satisfactory for  reconnaissance surveys where only an
indication of  the presence  or absence of buried drums is
required.)    The results of  this search effort identified only
one burial site.   Contaminants  in the soil were characterized
on the site  by an organic vapor analyzer and subsequently by
chemical analysis.

     Once the  burial  site had been located, additional inform-
ation was required  to assess conditions  and  to provide a
basis for remedial action.   Project  objectives were:

     o  To establish trench houndaries,  so that sampling and
        monitor wells might be placed immediately outside the
        trench area.   A high level of confidence was necessary
        in this phase of the geophysical work, as breaching
        the  trench,   or penetrating a drum, could he extremely
        dangerous.
     o  To determine the  approximate dimensions and depth of
        the  trench in order to estimate the number of drums.

     Field work consisted of establishing the trench boundaries
with three geophysical  instruments:   a specialized  metal detector
with a large diameter coil,  a calibrated fluxgate gradiometer
magnetometer and a ground penetrating radar system.   Metal
detector and magnetometer data  are shown in Figure 112.

     The special  metal  detector was  capable of operation at full
sensitivity  within a few  feet  of a chain link security  fence.
This detector  also provided better resolution of the trench edges
than the pipe/cable  locator used in  the initial reconnaissance
effort.   The metal detector's  output was recorded for later anal-
ysis.   Figure  112(A)  shows  a single  line of data from the  trench,
illustrating the  accuracy with which the boundaries  may be delin-
eated.   A composite  data  set of eleven traverses is  shown in
Figure 112(B).   The  lateral boundaries of the burial trench can
be seen along  each traverse,  and the end of the trench can be
seen in the  last  two lines  of metal  detector data in the fore-
ground .
                                 214

-------
         (A)
        Trench—j
         Wall
—Trench
  Wall
         (B)
Figure 112.
Metal detector  and magnetometer data  over a single
trench containing  buried drums.   (A)  Single metal
detector traverse  over trench.   (B)   Three-dimensional
perspective view of metal detector data from
parallel survey lines over trench.    (C) Three-
dimensional perspective view  of magnetic profiles
over trench.
                                 215

-------
     Since the metal  detector responds to both ferrous and
non-ferrous metals,  a complete magnetic survey was also
carried out to confirm that the buried metals were primarily
ferrous.    The magnetometer  selected was an adjustable sensi-
tivity fluxgate gradiometer,  and the data was run along the
same transect lines  as  the  metal detector and radar data,   for
correlation purposes.   Special field procedures and processing
were used  to correct  for  the  effects of the steel fence on the
magnetometer.   The composite  magnetometer data shown in Figure
112 (c) confirms that  the  trench contains  ferrous  metal (steel
drums).   The magnetometer data was  not used to locate the
trench boundaries  because of  the offset between the magnetic
anomaly and the buried target location,  due to dip of the
earth's magnetic field  (see Figure  101).

     The radar results  outlining the trench were based upon
disturbed  soil,  Figure  113.    The radar data provided a means
for estimating the depth  of the trench from 2 to 2.5 meters.
From the metal detector,  magnetometer and radar data:
     o  The boundaries  of the trench were accurately estab-
        lished;
     o  The contents  of the trench were tentatively identified
        as steel drums;
     o  The volume of the trench was calculated and the number
        of drums was  estimated.

     The geophysical  work conducted in the vicinity of the
burial site was carried out with protective suits and respira-
tors.   In  addition,  decontamination procedures were used to
clean the  equipment.   These safety procedures increased the time
required to conduct  the survey by a factor of five.   Overheating
is a major problem for personnel using protective gear,  and
magnetic surveys are  made more difficult  by the presence of
steel-toed boots and other  ferrous  parts of protective clothing
and safety equipment.

Mapping and Assessment  of Landfill  Leachate Plume
     Monitor well  data and  resistivity surveys located a plume at
a 30-year-old landfill.   (See example in Section VI and Figures
65 and 66.)

     A few years after the  resistivity survey was completed,  a
new auxiliary well field  was  installed nearer the landfill, at a
distance of approximately 1-1/2 miles downgradient and in the
direction of ground water flow.   After this welL field had been
pumping intermittently  for about  two years,  analysis of the water
from the well field showed  increasing levels of ammonia.   A newly
installed  early-warning monitor well had failed to indicate the
presence of contaminants.   The landfill had also been identified
by EPA as  one of the major  hazardous waste sites in the country
                                 216

-------
SOUTH
       !'e?»^^
             -10'  Ł   +10'          NORTH.
        t?5»?W*3ff^
                             i^^^f^^pq
        Itfi**^
                                                            -0
                                                            -3'
                                                            -6'
,1
i
r
i
t
... _ 	 i .
i
UU- , \
ii f i
. fr,., , i ,
i i
i i
1 :' 1
! ' 1
                                                            -9'
Figure 113.
Radar traverse across same burial  trench as  in
Figure 112.   Although trench is full of  drums,
individual drums cannot be identified  in the
radar data.
because of its proximity  to  the  local municipal well field
which supplied drinking water to a  large  city.

     Before selecting  the locations for additional wells, a
second geophysical survey was conducted to define the current
extent of the  leachate plume and to aid in the interpretation
of existing monitor well  data.   This second resistivity  survey
 (four years after  the  first)  was performed using the same
equipment and station  locations.   The time of year was the
same as in the previous study.   The new survey area was  extended
beyond the earlier survey area  in  order to cover more area
downgradient.   Results of this  second survey are also shown in
                                 217

-------
Figure 114.   The following conclusions  were  drawn:

1)    The plume had shifted direction  and had migrated to the
     northeast in response to  a  change  in the local ground-water
     gradient created by  the newly-active  auxiliary well field.
     The plume had extended into  the  well  field cone of
     influence,  creating  the increases  in  ammonia observed in the
     water analysis.

2)    As may be seen  in  Figure  114,  the  "early-warning" well had
     not detected any leachate, because the  well was located in
     an anomalous area  relatively clear of leachate.   A review of
     the monitor well's geologic  log  indicated the presence of
     fine sand and clay,  instead  of the highly permeable
     limestone which was  typical of the area.   The well had
     inadvertently been located in  a  small zone of lower
     permeability.

3)    Comparison of the  two sets of  geophysical data revealed that
     the lateral extent of the plume  had increased by approxi-
     mately one kilometer  (0.6 miles) in four years,  which is a
     migration rate of about 0.5 meters (1.5  feet)  per day,
     roughly half the rate of  the  calculated regional ground
     water flow.   This  migration rate,  measured in this manner,
     takes into account the combined  effects  of all the variables
     influencing the rate of leachate migration.

4)    The areal and vertical extent  of the  plume, determined by
     resistivity,  made possible a calculation of the total volume
     of aquifer contamination.

5)    The survey identified a number of  other point sources which
     were contributing to the  contamination  of the aquifer (not
     shown in the data) .

     With a map of the  leachate plume,  a measure of how fast it
 was migrating,  an understanding of the factors influencing its
 path, and an evaluation  of previous  water quality data, it
 was possible to obtain a more accurate understanding of site
 conditions.   In addition, new monitor  wells  could be installed
 with a high degrees of confidence,  with their locations being
 representative of ground water conditons.

      Measured by resistivity  or EM techniques,  the plumes
 shown in Figure 114 are  representative of conservative chemical
 parameters (e.g.,  chlorides,   sodium, etc.).   The outer contours
 are near background values and represent  a  reasonable estimate
 of the maximum extent of contamination by sanitary landfill
 leachates.   Many contaminants of a hazardous nature will remain
 within these boundaries,  not  migrating as far as the conservative
 parameters.   Although there are  some contaminants which do migrate

                               218

-------
      (A)
                  LANDFILL
                     IN  1977
              ri
                    500
              METERS
      (B)
KJ
                  LANDFILL
                     IN  1981
                   500
              METERS
                                                                              ACTIVE
                                                                              WELL
                                                                              FIELD
  Figure  114.
Mapping of  leachate plume  using resistivity methods shows  changes in
plume over  four-year period.   (Shaded area  represents  200  Ohm-ft
contour.)

-------
faster than ground water,  they are not commonly associated with
sanitary landfills in  large  enough quantities to make them a
dominant factor in plume behavior.

Locating Monitor Wells  at  an Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Site
     A ground water  investigation  was  initiated at an uncontrolled
hazardous waste site to determine  the  direction and extent of any
contaminant migration.    Existing information noted a regional
ground water gradient to the  northeast.   In  addition, geologic
logs revealed a highly  variable geohydrologic setting composed of
sand and gravel lenses  within a clay matrix.   The occurrence of
these more permeable sand  and gravel  deposits could significantly
influence the path of  contaminant  migration and the placement of
monitor wells.

     Before locating any monitor wells,  a detailed electromag-
netic  (EM) conductivity survey was conducted to map contaminant
migration and to evaluate  the natural  setting.   This data was
then used to direct  the placement  of  monitor wells and provide
a guide for soil sampling.

     The field data  consisted of about 30 parallel profile lines,
1000 meters long, spaced 30  meters apart.   Data was acquired
only around the perimeter  of  the site  and not directly over it.

   Using continuously-recorded  data,  the high density EM  survey
was accomplished in less than a week.   Continuous EM data was
obtained to 6-meter  and 15-meter depths  using two EM systems.
Subsequently,  the recorded data was digitized, computer-processed
and then plotted in  both contour  (Figure 115) and three-dimen-
nsional perspective  (Figure  116) formats.   The contoured data was
used to locate the monitor wells accurately.   The three-dimen-
sional view aided in the interpretation of overall site condi-
tions.   The EM data  showed a high degree of  natural variability
at the site.   The data  helped to identify clearly the existence
and extent of two plumes.

     The size and extent  of  the main  plume emanating from the
storage area is clearly seen in the center of the figure as a
conductivity  high.    The major plume appeared to migrate toward
the east-northeast,  with minor lobes  extending north,  east and
south  (see Figure 115).   The highest  conductivities occurred
around the northeast corner  of the site  where a disposal
impoundment was located.   A  minor  plume which extended toward
the west  (regionally upgradient) was  probably caused by the
mounding of ground water  within the elevated hazardous waste
site.   Extensive background  data,  obtained outside the
immediate site, allowed a  good statistical assessment of the
range of natural variations  in conductivity.   Once the maximum
range of natural variations  was determined,  any higher values
measured were attributed to  contaminated ground water.   The

                                 220

-------
                         UNCONTROLLED
                          HAZARDOUS
                          WASTE SITE
Figure 115.
Isopleth map of EM conductivity data at a  hazardous
waste site  shows a plume  (Shaded area)  leaving
the site and considerable  variation in surrounding
site conditions.
                                  221

-------
Figure 116 .
Three-dimensional perspective view  of  EM data
shown in Figure 115.   Note  plume in center of
plot and variability  in  conductivity due to
natural geohydrologic  conditions.
outer boundaries  of  this  contaminated water are delineated by
the shaded area in Figure  115.

     The use  of  continuous recording EM technique and high
data density,  together  with the computer presentation,
permitted identification of the conductive plume boundaries
well into the  "noise  level"  caused by variations in the
natural site conditions.

     Besides  identifying the contaminant plume,  the EM data
had indicated  that natural background conductivities were
extremely variable.   State geologic references,  plus well-
placed borings,  revealed  that these natural conductivity
fluctuations  were associated with river-deposited lenses of
                                222

-------
sand, gravel and clay.   This  variability is related to the
complex distribution  of  permeable  sand and gravel deposits
 (low conductivity)  within  the clay matrix (high conductivity).
These variations in sand and  gravel content were due to
differential deposition  of  these materials in old buried
stream beds.  The  existence of such buried stream beds had
been  established from local geologic  literature.   The two
sets  of EM  data  (6  meter and  15 meter depths) revealed that
most  of the variations in  the sand and clay deposits lay
within 6 meters of the surface.   Below this depth, conditions
were much more homogeneous.

     Water  flow and contaminant migration may be expected to
follow the  most permeable  routes  (low conductivities)  in this
shallow unconfined  system.   Therefore,  higher trace levels of
contaminants might be expected in  these more permeable zones,
and  the EM  lows could be used to place monitor wells beyond
the  extent of the obvious  conductive  plume.

      Four wells were  located  within  the  identified plume. A
fifth well was located upgradient  in  a low conductivity sand
lens  for background determination.  Augering confirmed the
     existence of the  sand  and gravel  deposits,  as suggested in
     the EM maps and geologic  literature.

      The plume boundary  delineated by the EM method (Figure
115)  represented the  extent of transport of the conservative
ionic parameters.    Quantitative data  subsequently obtained
from  the wells indicated that the  boundary of the conductivity
plume approximated the 1 ppm  level  of the priority pollutants.
 (This correlation  is  applicable only  at this site and should
not be used as a rule of thumb.)

      It has been recommended  that  the EM survey be repeated in
two years,  to observe any  changes  in  the plume,  and to correlate
these changes with  the longer-term quantitative  well  data.
Comparison of the two EM surveys made at different times will
show  the absolute migration rate,  and indicate whether the minor
lobes are developing  into primary  pathways.
                                223

-------
                            SECTION  XI

                         CLOSING COMMENTS
     Most geophysical methods  have  been in existence for many
years.   With the exception of  radar,  the principles and early
applications of the  methods  discussed in this document can be
traced back to the 1930's.   In recent years, however, remark-
able advances  in electronics have allowed geophysical measure-
ments to be carried  out  more effectively and,  in some cases,
have helped bring about  new  technologies.

     Most of the geophysical methods have evolved in the
mining and oil exploration  industries,  where the methods are
used to evaluate much deeper and larger targets than those at
HWS.   The use  of geophysical methods for evaluations of ground
water contamination  and  geotechnical investigations has become
widespread only in the past  5  to 10  years.

     Although  airborne remote-sensing and downhole geophysical
methods are viable investigative approaches  at hazardous waste
sites, this document addresses only surface  geophysics:
specifically,   the six methods that  have been successfully
applied to numerous  hazardous  waste site investigations.
These six surface methods are  only  part of the total geo-
physical technology  which may be applicable  to hazardous
waste site investigations  (Figure 117).   Further, geophysics
itself is only a small piece of the total subsurface investi-
gation systems approach.   Drilling,  analytical laboratory
methods,  trained earth science personnel,  sound project manage-
ment,  and many other factors must be used in combination with
geophysical technologies in  order to solve site investigation
problems.

     Of the three remote-sensing geophysical approaches,  only
surface geophysics is considered in this document,  and in that
connection,  only six methods are discussed.   The criteria used
for the selection of the six methods were presented in Section
III and are repeated here:

     o  the methods  are  regularly used in HWS assessments;
     o  they have proven capability in HWS assessments;
     o  they are suitable  for broad application to the problems
        typically found  at HWS.

                                  224

-------
    KJ
    KJ
    (Jl
                                                                                   TRADITIONAL APPROACH
                                                                                 DRILLING AND LAB TESTS OF
                                                                                      SOIL AND ROCK
                                                                                   AND MONITOR WELLS
             EXISTING DATA
         FEDERAL AND STATE PUB
             AERIAL PHOTOS
              TOPO MAPS
LOCAL INFORMATION
    DRILLERS
  CONTRACTORS
    AGENCIES
    SITE VISIT
                                             ENGINEERING
                                           SOIL MECHANICS
                                           ROCK MECHANICS
                                             HYDROLOGY
                                                                                  OTHER DIRECT SAMPLING
                                                                                       METHODS
                                                                                   CONE PENETROMETER
                                                                                      PIEZOMETER
                                                                                     IN-SITU SENSOR
                                                                                  SUBSURFACT EVALUATION
                                                                                OF HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
EARTH SCIENCES
   GEOLOGY
GEOMORPHOIOGY
 GEOCHEMISTRY
 GEOSTATISTICS
                                                                                                                            ANALYTICAL CAPABILITIES
                                                                                                                              COMPUTER IMAGING
                                                                                                                               MATH MODELING
                                                                             GEOPHYSICS
                                                 L  METHODS
                                                  AIRBORNE REMOTE SENSING
                                                                                                                DOWN HOLE GEOPHYSICS
                                                                                  SURFACE GEOPHYSICS
                                                                                                        THE  SIX METHODS DISCUSSED
                                                                                                             IN THIS DOCUMENT
Figure  117,

-------
There  are many  other  geophysical  methods  and approaches  which
might  be  used at  HWS,  but  at  this  time  the  authors  believe that
only  those  included  in  this  document  have met  the  above  cireria.

Pitfalls  in  Using  Geophysical  Methods

      In the past,  use  of the  geophysical  methods  in  hydrology
and  engineering  geology  has  been  cyclical.   One  reason  for
this  is  that  in  gathering,   processing,   and  interpreting  the
data,  many  pitfalls  await  the  unwary  investigator.   This
section  will attempt  to  outline  some  of  the  areas  in  which
pitfalls  commonly  occur.

      Many technical  limitations  of   the  methods  have  been
pointed  out  in  this document,  although  the listing is  by  no
means   all-inclusive.   However,  further  discussion  of  technical
limitations,  field  problems   and  their  pitfalls  in  data  processing
and  interpretation is  well beyond  the  scope  of  this  document.
Unfortunately,   this  information  is   not  well  documented and  is
much  more likely  to be  discovered by actual  experience than  by
exploring  existing  literature  or  texts.   This  is one  reason that
trained   professionals,  with  experience  in the  field,  must  be used
to  carry  out this  work.    Pitfalls  related to  the  non-technical
aspects  of  geophysical  work   are  just  as   important  as  those  in
technical  areas.   Some  of  them are  outlined  below.
Non-technical  Pitfalls  in  Using  Geophysical  Methods

     With  any  technology  (drilling,  installing  monitor  wells,
analyzing  water  samples,  or  computer  modeling ground  water  flow)
the  user must  realize that  some problems  may arise.   They  can
generally  be  minimized by  well-trained,  experienced  professional
personnel.

     o   Geophysical  instruments  are  as  sophisticated,  but
         unfortunately  not  as well  known  or accepted,  as  the
         chemist's  gas chromatography  or mass  spectrometer.   They
         are   all  based  upon  solid  scientific  principles,   yet  many
         professionals  consider   geophysical   tools  to  be  mysterious
         "black boxes".  Often  these  black  boxes  are expected  to
         provide  the  solution to  a  problem  in some  mysterious  way.
         Obviously,  they  cannot  do  this.

     o   Geophysical  techniques   alone  do  not  generally  provide
         unique solutions  to  problems.   By   integrating   other
         knowledge  with the  geophysical  results  in  a  systematic
         approach,  unique  solutions  can  be   obtained.   If  the  tools
         are   properly  integrated,  they  can  provide   outstanding
         results  in  terms  of  site  assessment  capability.  If,
         however,  they are  improperly  used,   the  methods  can  lead

                                   226

-------
to  disappointment.   The information obtained  by
integrating geophysics  into a program will simply help
the  investigator  arrive at  a better answer faster.    This
requires:
 trained personnel
 experienced personnel
 the right equipment
 a  total understanding  of  the problem
 the ability to  integrate  a variety of information into
 the  interpretation.

Like the chemist  using  a mass spectrometer, the
geophysicist must be  properly trained in order to obtain
accurate results.   Not  only should this training include
equipment operation,  it also must encompass a background
in  the  earth sciences.   Few universities offer courses in
geophysics;  those that  do  are inclined to slant them
toward  mineral and  oil  exploration.   These applications
are  sufficiently  different  from  those discussed in this
text that direct  transfer  of technology and personnel is
not  readily made.   Civil engineering programs may also
mention some of  the geophysical  technologies in courses
on  soil and rock  mechanics,  but  little if any solid
training has been provided  in these areas.

Experience has shown  that  whoever plans to interpret the
data should be  involved in  the  data acquisition.  No
matter  how well trained a  person may be,  an
interpretation can  be grossly misleading without
first-hand familiarity  with field conditions.

There is often a  tendency  to use short-cut interpretation
procedures.   Approximation  methods  are sometimes
acceptable if their limitations  are clearly understood.
All too often,  however,   approximations are treated as
absolutes.

Investigators often develop a dependence upon a single
technology.   Individuals or firms may be familiar with
only a  single geophysical  method,  which they tend to
promote and use extensively.   Under such circumstances,
the  technology may  often be applied where its use is not
appropriate.

Often when a specific technique  is  oversold,  it is
expected (and often fails)  to provide information under
conditions for which  it was not  designed.   The potential
user must appreciate  the limitations as well as the
benefits of a geophysical  method and must apply that
method  in the proper  manner.
                              227

-------
     o
The use of equipment  may  be extended beyond its designed
capability.   This practice  may  lead to poor results.
Selection  of  Professional  Consultants to Perform  Site
Investigations

     After the  project manager has defined his project
objectives, they may  be achieved in the following ways:

      (1)   He  can  contract  for data acquisition only, in  which
           case  data interpretation must be done by someone  else.
      (2)   He  can  contract  for  both data  acquisition and
           interpretation in a  single package.
      (3)   If  he is certain of what needs to  be done  from a
           geophysical  point of view,  he may  write a  contract
           specifying  the use of only a single method.
      (4)   Many  HWS investigations will demand flexibility and may
           require  multiple methods to be used as  determined in
           the field.   Such effort requires a very flexible
           contract and a consultant capable  of providing the
           appropriate  geophysical services.   The  geophysical  data
           must  be  incorporated with the existing geological,
           hydrological,  biological and chemical  data into a
           composite understanding of site conditions.

     There are  firms  which offer data acquisition only,  at
reduced prices.    The  authors of this document do not believe
that this  is  an effective  approach to the problem, because
the data acquisition  is often accomplished by non-professionals
who may not be  able to evaluate site conditions and  to respond
accordingly.

     There are  many qualified  persons and firms who  are  capable
of providing  both  data acquisition and interpretation with  any
single  seismic  refraction  or resistivity method discussed in
this text.   On  the other hand, in some of the newer  or special-
ized areas  (radar,  continuous  EM, specialized metal  detectors
and magnetometry)  there are only a few experienced persons
to be found in  the entire  U.S.   In many cases, their expertise
covers only one method.  However, if project requirements
can be  defined  with sufficient accuracy for one method to
yield the  necessary information,  then this  can be a viable
approach.

     Only  a limited number of  professional firms have the broad-
based capability and  experience  in applying the  six methods
discussed  herein.   Even fewer have experience on hazardous  waste
sites.   The authors estimate that at the time of this writing
                                 228

-------
there are fewer  than  ten  firms in the U.S. which might offer
this inclusive capability.   Clearly,  this integrated systems
approach to  carry  out the HWS investigation with the flexibility
and synergism of multiple geophysical methods provides the
most cost-effective approach  to  the  project.   It is in this
area that the most effective  HWS investigations have been
carried out  to date.   By  use  of this approach, the project
manager can  construct  a complete package including:

   o  flexibility;
   o  multiple geophysical  methods;
   o  data acquisition;
   o  data  interpretation;
   o  total  integration of  the project;
   o  a professionally trained and experienced staff.

     Clearly, the  project manager should determine if the  firm
and individual(s)  performing  the services are experienced in  such
investigations.   Further,  he  should ascertain the qualifications
and training of  personnel,  and the types of equipment recommended
to perform the surveys.   In most instances,  the consultant should
own the equipment  used for  the survey.   If not, chances are that
the firm and its field party  do not  have adequate experience. A
hazardous waste  site  is not a training  ground.

     Finally, the  project manager must  develop confidence in  the
professional abilities of his qualified consultants.   He  should
utilize his  consultant's  experience  to  optimize the outcome of
the field  investigation.    In  addition,  he should see that the
contract is  flexible  and  that it allows for options in adjusting
the work to  achieve optimal project  objectives.


Cost Comparison: Systems  vs.  Traditional Approach

     When making a cost comparison,  one cannot evaluate geo-
physical field project costs  versus  the costs of drilling and
installing a monitor well only.   The only reasonable way to make
a cost comparison  is  to look  at the total project bottom-line
costs.   If it will speed  the  basic understanding of site
conditions and improve the  accuracy of  an assessment,
the integrated systems approach which uses geophysics  is the
low-cost approach  to take.  The systems approach requires less
drilling and fewer monitor  wells,  thereby minimizing the number
of chemical  analyses necessary.   The results are lower program
costs with a better understanding of  site conditions achieved in
a shorter time.
                                 229

-------
      Figure  118  shows a cost comparison of a combined geo-
physical  systems  approach versus monitor  wells only. The
curve  shows  cost  versus number  of wells.   Monitor well  costs
are based upon  a  total program cost of $3,000  to $10,000 per
well which includes  drilling,  installation of  a quality monitor
well,  well development,  initial sampling,  analysis of priority
pollutants,  and a subsequent quarterly sample program over  one
year,   including  supporting reports  and project management.
All wells  are assumed to be  10  meters deep.   The costs  are
conservative in that the direct costs and intangible risks  of
drilling  into highly hazardous  areas are included.

     Costs for  the geophysical  systems approach are  based upon
a site survey coverage approaching  100%, plus  three  monitor
wells  and  all supporting efforts,  reports and  project manage-
ment as described above.   One well  is typically used for back-
ground  measurement,  and two are placed in representative
locations  to quantify specific  contaminants  within a plume.

     The  geophysical systems approach becomes  increasingly
cost-effective as the number of required monitor wells  increases.
The more  complex  the  site,  and the  greater the number of unknowns
and risks, the  greater are the benefits to be  derived from  using
such a systems approach.   The level of confidence in the results
of the site  investigation will  increase,  and the risk that  the
investigation will create a serious health,  fire or  explosion
hazard will be reduced.
Future Possibilities

     A methodology  for  investigation of HWS exists today--there
is no need  to  wait  for  future developments to occur, although
some improvements in  the  six methods are expected.   Each  method
has potential  for refinements  in hardware,  processing and
interpretation.  For  example,  some improvement in the depth and
operation of radar  in more difficult soil conditions can be
expected.   Advances in  real-time processing and plotting of radar
data are also  under way.   Seismic methods will be using processing
systems which  provide higher resolution,  thus permitting more
detailed investigations.   Metal  detectors will attain slightly
greater depth  capabilities,  and  interpretive techniques for
both metal detector and magnetometer data are expected to
improve.

     The greatest advancement  will likely be the integration
of various hardware systems  into a single sensing network.
Highspeed recording and processing will be applied to combined
data sets,  as  well  as to  individual sensor data.
                                   230

-------
KJ
U)
               1000-
              (A
3 5
o o>
                1 00--
            o v>
            v- 3
            CL o
                 1 0
                                                  Using Monitor
                                                  Wells Only
                                                Systems Geophysical Approach
                               10                100                1000

                                     NUMBER OF  MONITOR  WELLS
  Figure  118.   Cost comparison curve  for hazardous waste site  investigation using monitor
                wells alone versus an  integrated systems approach.   (Overall project
                accuracy and effectiveness  are  not considered in this  data.)

-------
     Other techniques will come  into  use.   For example,
transient EM can  provide  increased sounding capability to
depths of 300 meters or more,  and complex resistivity may
provide more diagnostic  information than traditional  resistivity
measurements.   While neither of  these methods has yet been
applied to hazardous waste sites,  they and others may eventually
come to be used and may  one  day supplement the six existing
technologies described in this document.

     Meanwhile, those six methods  will  continue to make a
contribution to hazardous waste  site  assessment.
                                 232

-------
                           BIBLIOGRAPHY
Benson, R. C., and R. A.  Glaccum.   1979a.   Radar  Surveys  for
     Geotechncal  Site Assessment.  In:   Geophysical Methods  in
     Geotechnical Engineering,  Specialty Session, American
     Society  of  Civil Engineers, Atlanta,  Georgia,  pp. 161-178.

Benson, R. C., and R. A Glaccum.   1979b.   Remote  Assessment  of
     Pollutants  in  Soil and  Groundwater.  In:    Proceedings of the
     Hazardous Material Risk  Assessment,  Disposal and  Management
     Conference,  Miami  Beach, Florida,  pp.  188-194.

Benson, R. C., and R. A.  Glaccum.   1980.   Site  Assessment:
     Improving Confidence Levels with Surface Remote Sensing.
     In:  Proceedings of  National Conference on Management of
     Uncontrolled Hazardous  Waste Sites, Washington,  B.C. pp.
     59-65.

Benson, R. C., R. A.  Glaccum,  and P.  Beam.   1981.    Minimizing
     Cost and Risk  in Hazardous Waste Site Investigations Using
     Geophysics.  In:   Proceedings of National  Conference on
     Management  of Uncontrolled  Hazardous Waste Sites,
     Washington,   B.C.  pp. 84-88.

Breiner, S.    1973.   Applications Manual  for Portable
     Magnetometers.  Geometric,  Sunnyvale,  California.    58 pp.

Evans,  R.  B.   1982.    Currently Available Geophysical Methods for
     Use  in Hazardous Waste  Site Investigations.  American
     Chemical Society Symposium Series,  No.  204.  pp.   93-115.

Evans,   R.  B., R. C.  Benson, and  J.  Rizzo.   1982.  Systematic
     Hazardous Waste Site Assessments.  In:   Proceedings  of
     National Conference  on  Management  of Uncontrolled Hazardous
     Waste Sites, Washington, B.C. pp.  17-22.

Freeze, R. A, and J. A.  Cherry.   1979.   Groundwater.   Prentice-
     Hall, Inc.,   Englewood Cliffs,  New  Jersey.   604 pp.

Geraghty and  Miller.  1978.   Electrical  Resistivity Evaluations
     at Solid Waste Bisposal  Facilities.  U.S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency,  Washington, B.C.   94 pp.
                                233

-------
Geraghty,  J. J.   1980.   Evaluation of Hydrogeologic  Conditions.
      In:   Proceedings  of National Conference on  Management  of
     Uncontrolled  Hazardous  Waste Sites,  Washington, B.C.  pp.
     49-52.

Glaccum, R. A., R.  C.  Benson,  and M.  R.  Noel.   1982.   Improving
     Accuracy  and  Cost-Effectiveness  of Hazardous Waste  Site
      Investigations.   Ground Water Monitoring Review, Summer,
      1982.  pp. 36-40.

Gilkeson, R. H. , and K.  Cartwright.   1982.   The  Application of
     Surface Geophysical  Methods in Monitoring Network Design.
      In:   Proceedings  of Second National  Symposium  on Aquifer
     Restoration and Ground  Water Monitoring, Columbus,  Ohio.
     pp. 169-183.

Greenhouse, J.  P.,  and D.  D.  Slaine.   1982.   Case Studies of
     Geophysical Contaminant  Mapping  at Several  Waste Disposal
     Sites.  In:   Proceedings of Second National Symposium  on
     Aquifer Restoration  and Ground Water Monitoring, Columbus,
     Ohio.  pp. 299-315.

Griffiths,  D. H.,  and R.  F.  King.   1969.   Applied Geophysics for
     Engineers  and  Geologists.  Pergamon Press, Elmsford,  New
     York.    223 pp.

Horton, K. A.,  R. M. Morey,  L.  Isaacson,  and R. H. Beers.   1981.
     The Complementary Nature of Geophysical Techniques   for
     Mapping Chemical Waste  Disposal  Sites:   Impulse Radar  and
     Resistivity.    In:   Proceedings of National  Conference  on
     Management of  Uncontrolled Hazardous  Waste Sites,
     Washington, D.C.  pp. 158-164.

Johnson, R. W. , R.  A.  Glaccum,  and R. Wojtasinski.    1980.
     Application of Ground Penetrating Radar to  Soil Survey.  In:
     Proceedings of Soil  and Crop Science Society of  Florida,
     vol.  39.  pp.   68-72.

Leis, P. G., and K. A. Sheedy.   1980.   Detailed  Location of
      Inactive  Disposal  Sites.  In:   Proceedings  of National
     Conference on  Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous  Waste
     Sites,  Washington,  D.C. pp.  116-118.

Lord,  A. E. Jr., R. M. Koerner,  and J.  E.  Brugger.    1980.   Use of
     Electromagnetic Wave Methods to  Locate  Subsurface Anomalies.
     In:   Proceedings  of National Conference on  Management  of
     Uncontrolled Hazardous  Waste Sites,  Washington,  D.C.  pp.
     119-124.
                                 234

-------
McKown, G. L., and G. A.  Sandness.   1981.    Computer-Enhanced
     Geophysical  Survey Techniques for Exploration  of  Hazardous
     Waste  Sites. In:   Proceedings of National  Conference  on
     Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous  Waste Sites,
     Washington,  B.C.  pp.  300-305.

McNeil1,  J. D.   1980a.   Electrical Conductivity of  Soils  and
     Rocks.   Technical  Note  TN-5.   Geonics  Limited, Ontario,
     Canada.    22  pp.

McNeill,  J. D.   1980b.   Electromagnetic Terrain  Conductivity
     Measurement  at  Low Induction Numbers.   Technical  Note  TN-6.
     Geonics  Limited, Ontario,  Canada.   15  pp.

McNeill,  J. D. 1982.   Electromagnetic Resistivity Mapping of
     Contaminant  Plumes.  In:   Proceedings  of  National Conference
     on Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste  Sites,
     Washington,  B.C.  pp.  1-6.

Mooney, H. M.   1973.   Handbook of Engineering  Geophysics,  Volume
     1:   Seismic.    Bison Instruments,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota.
     216 pp.

Mooney, H M.    1980.   Handbook of Engineering  Geophysics,  Volume
     2:   Electrical  Resistivity.   Bison Instruments, Minneapolis,
     Minnesota.   90  pp.

Noel,  M.  R.,   R. C. Benson,  and R.  A.  Glaccum.    1982.   The Use of
     Contemporary Geophysical  Techniques to Aid   Besign  of
     Cost-Effective  Monitoring Well  Networks and Bata  Analysis.
     In:    Proceedings  of Second National Symposium  on  Aquifer
     Restoration  and Ground Water Monitoring,   Columbus, Ohio.
     pp.
          163-168.
Pease, R. W. Jr., and S.  C.  James.   1981.    Integration  of Remote
     Sensing Techniques  with Birect Environmental  Sampling for
     Investigating  Abandoned Hazardous  Waste  Sites. In:
     Proceedings  of  National Conference on Management  of
     Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites,  Washington,  B.C. pp.
     171-176.

Sgambat, J. P., and J. R.  Stedinger.   1981.   Confidence in
     Ground-Water Monitoring.   Ground Water Monitoring  Review,
     Spring,  1981.  pp.   62-69.

Telford,  W.  M., L.  P. Geldart,  R.  E.  Sheriff,  and B. A.  Keys.
     1976.   Applied Geophysics.   Cambridge University Press,  New
     York.   860 pp.
                                235

-------
White, R.M., and  S.  S.  Brandwein.    1982.   Application of
      Geophysics  to Hazardous  Waste Investigations.  In:
      Proceedings  of  National Conference  on  Management  of
      Uncontrolled  Hazardous Waste  Sites,  Washington,  B.C.  pp.
      91-93'

Yaffe, H.  J.,  N.  L.  Cichowicz,  and P.  J.  Stoner.   1980.   Remote
      Sensing  for  Investigating Buried Drums  and Subsurface
      Contamination at  Coventry, Rhode  Island.  In:   Proceedings
      of National  Conference on Management  of Uncontrolled
      Hazardous Waste  Sites,  Washington,  B.C.  pp.  239-249.

Zohdy, A.  A.,  G.  P.  Eaton,  and D.  R. Mabey.   1974.   Application
    of Surface Geophysics to Ground-Water  Investigations.
    Techniques of  Water-Resources  Investigations  of  the  United
    State  Geological  Survey,  Chapter Dl.   116 pp.

Procedures Manual  for  Ground Water Monitoring at  Solid Waste
    Disposal  Facilities.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
    Cincinnati, Ohio,  1977.   269 pp.
                                236

-------